{"title":"Camping \u0026 Outdoor Leisure","description":"\u003cp\u003eTime off is better spent outdoors, and our \u003cb\u003eCamping \u0026amp; Outdoor Leisure UK\u003c\/b\u003e collection supports everything from campsite weekends to lazy afternoons in the garden. It is designed for families, couples and groups of friends who like to relax in the fresh air. Leisure equipment here is practical, easy to set up and built for regular use. Pick what suits your plans and enjoy more time outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCampers will find a Kampa tipi-style tent, camping kitchens and cupboards, an Intex raised air mattress, folding benches and rechargeable lights. Koolatron 12V electric cool boxes and Coca-Cola coolers keep food and drinks cold on the road. Hot tub owners can stock up on chlorine and bromine treatments, starter kits, a cover lifter and replacement filters. For garden play there are croquet, boules, hook and ring, tetherball and mini hockey sets. Many of these pieces fold flat or pack into carry bags for easy storage between trips. Campfire colour flames and a hammock add a few extra comforts for evenings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe publish clear capacities, dimensions and contents so you know exactly what is included. Our pricing is checked against other UK leisure retailers, keeping good value at the heart of the range. Each product is reviewed by our team before it goes live. As a trusted UK seller, we stock dependable brands like Kampa, Koolatron, Pro-Swim and InSpire. Product photos and descriptions are written to help you picture how each item will fit into your plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMake the most of your days off with kit that works. Discover camping gear, hot tub care and garden games at Garden N Outdoor today.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"taktik-tennis-tetherball-kit","title":"TAKTIK TENNIS Interactive Tetherball Kit with Smart Sensor, App Tracking \u0026 2 Racquets","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTAKTIK TENNIS Interactive Tetherball Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTAKTIK TENNIS is an interactive tetherball set for one or two players who want every rally measured, not just enjoyed. An inbuilt sensor in the pole head records hit speed, number of hits, game points and forehand or backhand play, then casts the data to a smart app on your phone or tablet. Set it up on the lawn, the patio or in a games room and the classic swing-ball format becomes a proper training session.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmarter Than a Standard Tetherball Pole\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrdinary tetherball poles have one big flaw: the cord wraps around the top until play grinds to a halt and someone has to untangle it. They also tell you nothing about how well you played. This kit uses a patented 360° head socket that spins whichever way the ball is struck, preventing those tangles. The sensor then logs speed, hits and stroke type for every session. Built from steel and plastic and weighing 6.15kg, it comes with two nylon-strung aluminium frame racquets, a spare ball and a carry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat the Kit Tracks and Delivers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInbuilt pole sensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e records speed, number of hits, game points and forehand or backhand play, so progress is measured rather than guessed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented 360° head socket:\u003c\/strong\u003e spins in any direction you strike the ball, keeping the cord clear of annoying tangles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn-game photo capture:\u003c\/strong\u003e use the front or rear camera on your device to snap shots showing your live metrics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast to the big screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e share results with friends and family or cast the gameplay data to a television.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInteractive Tetherball Set Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTAKTIK TENNIS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTetherball\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlayers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 to 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor or outdoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53 x 75 x 28cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.15kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTracking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed, hits, game points, forehand and backhand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 nylon-strung aluminium frame tennis racquets, spare ball, carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Tennis Fans and Competitive Households\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolo players can chase a personal best for hit speed before dinner, while siblings settle rivalries with hard numbers instead of arguments. Because the whole kit packs into its carry bag, it moves easily from the back garden to the games room when the weather turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLive Stock Ready to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis interactive kit is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and goes out with quick UK delivery from our warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the kit stand up to regular rallies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It is made from steel and plastic and is designed for both indoor and outdoor use. The two racquets have aluminium frames with nylon strings, and a spare ball is included, so repeated sessions are covered without needing extra kit straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What do I need to use the tracking app?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: You need a smart device such as a phone or tablet. The sensor in the pole head casts gameplay information to the smart app, and you can use the front or rear camera to capture in-game photos with your metrics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my tetherball kit arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Garden N Outdoor promptly and travel with quick UK delivery through a dependable courier service. Tracking details follow once it has been collected, so you can plan your first match with confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TAKTIK TENNIS","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896653250856,"sku":"Item #587010","price":143.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/taktik-tennis-smart-tetherball-kit-dependable-courier-service-1.webp?v=1792145910"},{"product_id":"bex-croquet-pro-set-wooden-box","title":"Bex Croquet Pro Set in a Wooden Box, Rubber Wood Garden Game for up to 4 Players","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBex Croquet Pro Set in a Wooden Box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bex Croquet Pro is a wooden croquet set for families who want a proper lawn game for up to four players. Mallets, balls, hoops and target sticks all live in one wooden storage box, so setting out a course takes minutes rather than a hunt through the shed. It suits gentle summer afternoons with grandparents just as well as fiercely tactical matches between older children.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt Like a Real Set, Not a Toy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBudget croquet sets often use thin plastic mallets that flex on impact, balls that crack after a few knocks and flimsy hoops that bend in firm ground. Bex takes a heavier, more traditional approach. The mallets are rubber wood, with 23 x 6cm heads on 100 x 3cm handles, and the four balls are hard polyethylene plastic. Ten hoops measuring 35.5 x 12.5cm and two target sticks make up a full course. Everything weighs 15kg in total and stores in its own wooden box, so pieces stay together season after season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInside the Croquet Box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour rubber wood mallets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23 x 6cm heads on 100 x 3cm handles give a steady, controlled swing for adults and older children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard polyethylene balls:\u003c\/strong\u003e four tough plastic balls built to take repeated strikes across the lawn without splitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTen hoops and two sticks:\u003c\/strong\u003e enough pieces to lay out a complete course, with hoops measuring 35.5 x 12.5cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden storage box:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the whole set together and includes a multilingual rule book for settling disputes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWooden Croquet Set Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCroquet Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor game\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlayers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMallets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x heads 23 x 6cm, handles 100 x 3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x hard polyethylene plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 x 35.5 x 12.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTarget Sticks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWooden storage box, multilingual rule book\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 111 x W 16 x D 36cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Long Lawn Afternoons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLay out the hoops before lunch and a relaxed family game can drift on well past tea, with everyone from eight to eighty able to take a turn. When the light fades, the mallets and balls slot straight back into the box ready for the next sunny weekend.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable for Immediate Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bex Croquet Pro set is in stock at Garden N Outdoor today for prompt UK arrival at your door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the mallets and balls survive regular games?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The mallets are made from rubber wood with long 100cm handles, and the balls are hard polyethylene plastic designed for repeated play on grass. Storing everything in the wooden box between games helps keep the set dry and in good condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many people can play, and how is the course set up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Up to four players can play, with a mallet and ball each. The set includes ten hoops and two target sticks, plus a multilingual rule book that explains course layout and the order of play for beginners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How soon will my croquet set be with me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor packs croquet sets quickly for prompt UK arrival, handing them to a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking information once your order is on the move.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896653283624,"sku":"Item #335993","price":118.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/bex-croquet-pro-set-in-wooden-storage-box-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145911"},{"product_id":"vivere-hook-ring-game-2pk","title":"Vivere Hook and Ring Game with Bottle Opener \u0026 Magnetic Cap Catch, Beach Stripe Wood (2 Pack)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVivere Hook and Ring Game with Bottle Opener \u0026amp; Magnetic Bottle Cap Catch (2 Pack)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Vivere pack holds two sets of the hook and ring game with bottle opener, made for garden bars, sheds and patios where guests like a challenge with their drinks. Swing the steel ring, land it on the hook and score a point. Simple to learn and surprisingly tricky to master, it gets any number of players queuing for one more try, while the built-in opener and magnetic catch keep bottle caps off the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy This Hook and Ring Game with Bottle Opener Beats a Plank\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost hook and ring games are a single plank with a hook screwed in, and they do little beyond the game itself. Vivere bonds nine pieces of solid wood into a striking Beach Stripe board, then mounts a steel bottle opener to the base. A neodymium magnet embedded in the wood sits directly beneath the opener, so caps drop and stick rather than scattering underfoot. It holds over 24 caps at a time. Each board measures H 30 x W 17 x D 2cm, with a 2in steel ring on 8ft of nylon string and a 3.5in steel hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReasons It Becomes the Evening Favourite\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sets in one pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e mount one by the patio and another in the garden bar, or pass the spare to a friend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic bottle cap catch:\u003c\/strong\u003e a hidden neodymium magnet holds over 24 caps, keeping the floor and lawn tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel bottle opener:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounted to the base so a cold drink is always one easy flick away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAny number of players:\u003c\/strong\u003e each person takes ten swings in turn, and the first to the agreed points total wins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoard and Hardware Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVivere\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor game\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid wood, 9 pieces bonded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeach Stripe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 sets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 30 x W 17 x D 2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.9kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBottle Cap Catch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeodymium magnet, holds over 24 caps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mounting screws, steel bottle opener (mounted), 2in steel ring with 8ft nylon string, 3.5in steel hook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Garden Bars and Barbecue Nights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFix a board beside the outdoor bar and it quickly turns into the warm-up act at every barbecue, with guests swinging the ring between conversations. The second set means the shed, summerhouse or games room can host its own station without anyone fighting over turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStock Ready Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis two-set Vivere pack is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and leaves us for rapid mainland delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How sturdy is the board for regular use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Each board is made from nine pieces of solid wood bonded together, with a steel bottle opener and a steel hook. Mount it securely with the supplied screws and keep it under cover if it will spend a lot of time outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I set up the hook and ring game?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Mount the board on a wall with the hook about 4ft from the ground. Fix the eyelet into the ceiling around 4 to 5ft from the wall, place the ring on the hook, tie the string with a little slack, then adjust the length as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will delivery take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this pack with rapid mainland delivery through a dependable courier service. Once your order has been collected you will receive tracking details, so you know when to expect it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Vivere","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896653349160,"sku":"Item #540979","price":53.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/vivere-hook-ring-game-bottle-opener-2-pack-quick-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145913"},{"product_id":"clearwater-chlorine-granules-6x1kg","title":"Clearwater Stabilised Chlorine Granules 6 x 1kg for Hot Tubs and Pools","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClearwater Stabilised Chlorine Granules 6 x 1kg\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClearwater Stabilised Chlorine Granules are hot tub chlorine granules for owners who want clean, healthy water without complicated routines. Once dissolved and circulated, they release active chlorine that neutralises bacteria, algae and other contaminants. This 6 x 1kg pack covers both shock dosing and everyday maintenance, and the granules work in swimming pools as well as hot tubs, giving you one reliable sanitiser for every water feature at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Dissolving Granules with Minimal pH Impact\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome sanitisers knock pH out of balance every time you dose, which leaves you juggling extra chemicals just to get back to normal. Slow tablets can take hours before levels respond. Clearwater granules dissolve rapidly and have minimal impact on the water's pH, so routine care stays simple. The dosing is straightforward too: 2g raises chlorine by 1ppm in 1,000 litres. Aim for 1 to 3ppm in a pool or 3 to 5ppm in a hot tub, and the six 1kg tubs give plenty of stock for repeated treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Owners Keep These Granules on Hand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStabilised chlorine:\u003c\/strong\u003e sanitises pool and hot tub water, neutralising bacteria, algae and contaminants for a healthier soak.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRapid dissolving:\u003c\/strong\u003e granules mix quickly in warm water, so dosing takes minutes rather than a long wait.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShock dosing ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e an essential step when water turns cloudy or after heavy use by family and guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix 1kg tubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e a 7kg pack that keeps a steady supply on the shelf for regular weekly maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHot Tub Chlorine Granules Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStabilised chlorine granules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 x 1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tubs and swimming pools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing Guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2g raises chlorine by 1ppm in 1,000L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTarget Levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-3ppm pools, 3-5ppm hot tubs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTreatment Time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRun filter 4 hours, then re-test\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 21 x W 30.5 x D 20.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Hot Tub Owners Who Like Things Simple\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest the water, measure the dose from the label, dissolve the granules in a container of warm water and pour the mixture in. Run the filter for four hours, re-test, and your evening soak is ready once readings sit between 3 and 5ppm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStocked and Ready to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClearwater granules are in stock at Garden N Outdoor and go out with swift UK dispatch on every order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How effective are these granules at keeping water safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: They release active chlorine that neutralises bacteria, algae and contaminants, and they are suitable for shock dosing as well as routine sanitising. Test regularly and keep readings at 3 to 5ppm in a hot tub or 1 to 3ppm in a pool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I work out the right dose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: As a guide, 2g of granules raises chlorine by 1ppm in 1,000 litres of water. Dissolve the measured amount in warm water, pour it in, run the filter for four hours and re-test. Always read the label instructions and warnings first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How soon will the granules arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this pack with swift UK dispatch and a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking details once it has left us, so you can plan your next water treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearwater","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896653611304,"sku":"Item #662714","price":35.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/clearwater-chlorine-granules-6-x-1kg-hot-tub-prompt-uk-arrival-1.webp?v=1792145916"},{"product_id":"sklz-pro-mini-hockey-set","title":"SKLZ Pro Mini Hockey Set with 2 Goals, 2 Mini Sticks \u0026 Foam Ball, Indoor or Outdoor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKLZ Pro Mini Hockey\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKLZ Pro Mini Hockey is a complete mini hockey set for one-on-one games, shootouts and trick shot challenges, indoors or out. Two durable goals, two plastic mini sticks and a soft foam ball give kids and grown-up competitors everything they need for a fast match. Burn off winter energy in the front room, then carry the same kit into the garden for action-packed summer evenings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to Build, Quick to Pack Away\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFull-size goals dominate the lawn, take ages to put up and usually end up rusting in a corner. Hard hockey balls are a liability near windows and televisions. SKLZ solves both problems at once. The goals are easy-assemble PVC, measuring 77 x 58 x 34cm each, so they snap together for a match and store quickly afterwards. The included foam ball is soft enough for indoor play, while the short plastic sticks suit close-range action. At just 2.45kg for the whole set, it is always ready to go wherever there is a little space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGame Kit Essentials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo durable goals:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy-assemble PVC frames measuring 77 x 58 x 34cm, sized for living rooms, hallways and gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo plastic mini sticks:\u003c\/strong\u003e built for quick hands and close-range dekes in tight one-on-one battles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft foam ball:\u003c\/strong\u003e gentle enough for indoor games, so a rainy afternoon does not cancel the match.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndoor or outdoor play:\u003c\/strong\u003e switch between the front room in winter and the lawn in summer with the same kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMini Hockey Set Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKLZ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePro Mini Hockey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini hockey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGoal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77 x 58 x 34cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.45kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor and outdoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 durable goals, 2 plastic mini sticks, 1 foam ball\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Sporty Kids and Competitive Siblings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBest-of-five finals before bedtime and penalty shootouts at birthday parties keep friends and siblings hooked for hours. Because the goals break down quickly, the whole set slips into a cupboard or car boot for matches at a friend's house.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn the Shelf Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SKLZ Pro Mini Hockey set is in stock at Garden N Outdoor now, ready for quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the set durable enough for regular games?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The goals are made from PVC and are designed to be durable, with easy assembly that copes with frequent setting up and packing away. Storing the goals indoors between outdoor sessions helps keep the frames and nets looking their best.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can we really play indoors with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. SKLZ designs the set for both indoor and outdoor use, and the included foam ball is soft for safer play inside. Clear a space away from fragile items and the 77cm wide goals fit comfortably in most living rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my hockey set arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this set with quick UK delivery via a dependable courier service. Tracking details follow once it has been collected, so the first match can be planned for as soon as it lands.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SKLZ","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896653709608,"sku":"Item #535139","price":33.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/sklz-pro-mini-hockey-game-set-for-kids-rapid-mainland-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145917"},{"product_id":"sunsport-alsace-petanque-boules-set","title":"Sunsport Alsace Boules Petanque Set, 6 Balls with Jack and Aluminium Case","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunsport Boules Petanque Alsace Garden Game\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sunsport Alsace is a petanque boules set for two players who want a classic French garden game they can carry anywhere. Throw hollow metal balls as close as possible to the small wooden jack, then measure the result to see who claims the point. Everything packs into an aluminium storage case with a carry box, so the game moves easily from the back lawn to the park or campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReal Metal Boules Over Plastic Imitations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheap plastic boules bounce unpredictably, roll off line and feel far too light to judge a throw properly. That takes the skill out of petanque. Sunsport supplies six hollow metal petanque balls, three black and three chromed, so each player can identify their own boules at a glance. A wooden jack sets the target, and a measuring tape settles tight calls fairly instead of by guesswork. The full set weighs 5kg and stores in a compact case measuring H 10 x W 20 x D 28cm, protecting the boules between games.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Comes in the Case\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix metal boules:\u003c\/strong\u003e three black and three chromed, so two players can tell their throws apart instantly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden jack:\u003c\/strong\u003e the small target ball every throw aims for, creating that classic petanque tension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring tape:\u003c\/strong\u003e settles close calls with a quick, fair measurement rather than a heated debate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium case and carry box:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps every piece together and makes the set easy to bring along on days out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePetanque Boules Set Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunsport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlsace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoules set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlayers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 x metal petanque balls (3 black, 3 chromed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTarget\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x jack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasuring tape, multilingual rules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium storage case and carry box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 10 x W 20 x D 28cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Long Summer Evenings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the case by the back door and a match can begin the moment the barbecue is cleared away. Because petanque is about touch rather than strength, grandparents, teenagers and younger players can all compete on equal terms and share plenty of laughs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Ship Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Sunsport boules set is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and heads out with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the metal boules suitable for gravel and grass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: They are metal petanque balls made for throwing on outdoor ground, so grass, gravel and compacted paths are all fair game. Wipe them dry after play and store them in the aluminium case to keep the finish looking good.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many people can play with this set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The set is designed for up to two players, each with three boules, one colour per player. A wooden jack, measuring tape and multilingual rules are included, so newcomers can learn the basics within a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long until my boules set arrives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor packs boules sets quickly and sends them with swift UK dispatch through a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking information once your parcel is on its way.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunsport","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896653775144,"sku":"Item #336014","price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/sunsport-alsace-petanque-boules-garden-set-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145917"},{"product_id":"pro-swim-bromine-granules-4x1kg","title":"Pro-Swim Hot Tub Bromine Granules, 4 x 1kg Sanitiser Kit for Spas and Pools","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePro-Swim 4 x 1kg Hot Tub Bromine Granules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePro-Swim Bromine Granules are hot tub bromine granules for spa owners who want quick, dependable sanitising and peace of mind about water hygiene. This chemical kit contains four 1kg tubs that kill potentially harmful bacteria and other organisms, and they can treat pool water too. As a guide, the kit should last approximately two to three months, so one order covers a whole season of relaxing soaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Bromine Suits Hot Tub Water\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRunning out of sanitiser midway through a busy month leaves water vulnerable just when the tub sees the most use. Small trial tubs vanish fast. This Pro-Swim kit supplies 4 x 1kg of bromine granules, enough for roughly two to three months of maintenance as a guide. The granules dissolve rapidly for quick use, and they kill potentially harmful bacteria and other organisms while helping protect and prolong the life of your hot tub. Having a steady supply on the shelf means you can keep treating to schedule rather than scrambling for stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat This Bromine Kit Does Well\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKills harmful bacteria:\u003c\/strong\u003e targets potentially harmful bacteria and other organisms, helping keep spa water hygienic between soaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDissolves rapidly:\u003c\/strong\u003e granules get to work quickly, making routine sanitising a fast job after each session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects your spa:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps protect and prolong the life of your hot tub with consistent water care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo to three months of supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e four 1kg tubs keep you stocked for a full season as a general guide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHot Tub Bromine Granules Kit Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePro-Swim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChemical kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChemical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBromine granules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tubs, spas and pools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExpected Duration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2-3 months (guide)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlease Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tub not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Regular Hot Tub Users\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep a tub beside the spa so sanitising becomes part of the routine whenever the cover comes off. Whether it is a weekday unwind or a weekend gathering with friends, the water stays fresh, hygienic and ready for the next long soak under the stars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock for Spa Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePro-Swim bromine kits are in stock at Garden N Outdoor and ship with swift UK dispatch to your door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will a 4 x 1kg kit last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: As a guide, this kit should last approximately two to three months. Actual usage depends on your hot tub's volume, how often it is used and how many bathers there are, so test the water regularly and dose according to the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use these bromine granules in a swimming pool?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The granules are designed for hot tubs and spas, and the kit can also be used to treat pool water. As with all chemical products, read and follow the instructions and warnings on the packaging extremely carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How fast will my bromine granules arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this kit with swift UK dispatch via a dependable courier service. Tracking details follow once your order has been collected, so you can keep your water care on schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pro-Swim","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896653938984,"sku":"Item #373291","price":78.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/pro-swim-4-x-1kg-bromine-granules-for-hot-tubs-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145922"},{"product_id":"inspire-superior-sparkle-spa-kit-full","title":"InSpire Superior Sparkle Full Spa Chemical Kit, 3 Month Low Chlorine Treatment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInSpire Superior Sparkle Spa Full Chemical Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInSpire Superior Sparkle is a low chlorine spa chemical kit for hot tub owners who want clean, soft water with only one treatment a week. The full kit lasts three months and helps prevent calcium deposits forming in your system while loosening existing ones. Water is left looking crystal clear, with a fresh scent and a soft feel on the skin, making every soak more pleasant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeekly Care That Tackles Calcium at the Source\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany routines rely on heavy chlorine doses that leave water smelling harsh and skin feeling tight, while calcium deposits quietly build up inside pipes and give bacteria somewhere to grow. Superior Sparkle works differently. A single weekly treatment helps prevent new calcium deposits and loosens and removes existing ones, taking away the medium where micro-organisms thrive. The ozone or UV system already in your spa then does the rest. The kit includes two 1L bottles of treatment, a tablet dispenser and 18 chlorine tablets 90\/20.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Owners Choose Superior Sparkle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow chlorine weekly treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e one dose a week keeps routine care simple while still protecting water quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree months of treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e the full kit covers a whole quarter of weekly maintenance for your spa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalcium control:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps prevent and remove calcium deposits where bacteria and other micro-organisms grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh, soft water:\u003c\/strong\u003e leaves a fresh scent and softens the skin for a more comfortable soak.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow Chlorine Spa Chemical Kit Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperior Spas (InSpire)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChemical kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTreatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow chlorine, weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater Treatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 1L bottles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine Tablets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x 90\/20 tablets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDispenser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x chlorine tablet dispenser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasuring Cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 200ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleaning Cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x microfibre (70% polyester, 30% polyamide)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlso Includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUser guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpas, hot tubs and pools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlease Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tub not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Busy Hot Tub Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet a weekly reminder, add the measured treatment and let your spa's ozone or UV system finish the job while you get on with the week. It suits households that want a soak after work without spending evenings adjusting complicated chemical balances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStocked and Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis InSpire Superior Sparkle kit is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and ships with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it really keep water clear with just one weekly dose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Superior Sparkle is designed as a low chlorine weekly treatment. It helps prevent and remove calcium deposits where bacteria grow, and works alongside the ozone or UV system already in your spa to disinfect water and keep it clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it work with my spa, and can I use it in a pool?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It is made for spas and hot tubs and relies on the ozone or UV system already fitted to your spa. The kit can also treat pool water. Always follow the instructions and warnings extremely carefully, as with all chemical products.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How soon will my spa kit be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this kit with quick UK delivery through a dependable courier service. Tracking details follow once it is on the move, so your weekly routine can continue without a gap.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Superior Spas","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896653971752,"sku":"Item #339405","price":38.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/inspire-superior-sparkle-full-spa-chemical-kit-prompt-uk-arrival-1.webp?v=1792145923"},{"product_id":"inspire-premium-bromine-spa-starter-kit","title":"InSpire Premium Bromine Spa Chemical Starter Kit with 50 Test Strips","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInSpire Premium Bromine Spa Chemical Starter Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe InSpire Premium kit is a bromine spa starter kit that gathers every essential chemical for getting a new or refilled hot tub up and running. Six water treatment products sit in one pack alongside 50 four-in-one test strips, so you can check alkalinity, bromine and pH before and after each dose. It keeps water clean, helps prevent algae and lasts around three to four weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything in One Box Instead of Six Separate Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNew spa owners often buy sanitiser alone, then discover the pH is drifting, the alkalinity is low and foam is building, with no way to test any of it. That means several extra orders and a tub sitting idle. This InSpire Premium kit solves the problem at start-up. It includes 500g bromine granules, 500g pH plus, 750g pH minus, 500g total alkalinity increaser and 500ml foam away. Fifty 4-in-1 test strips confirm when levels are right, and a start-up guide walks you through each step.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStarter Kit Highlights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix water treatment products:\u003c\/strong\u003e covers sanitising, pH balance, alkalinity and foam control, so nothing is missing on day one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 four-in-one test strips:\u003c\/strong\u003e check alkalinity, bromine and pH levels quickly before deciding which product to add.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh scent, soft skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e leaves water smelling fresh and feeling softer for a more pleasant soak.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects your hot tub:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps protect and prolong the life of your spa with balanced water from the start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBromine Spa Starter Kit Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperior Spas (InSpire)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChemical pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBromine Granules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH Plus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH Minus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Alkalinity Increaser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoam Away\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTest Strips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 4-in-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStart-up guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExpected Duration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpas, hot tubs and pools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlease Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tub not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for First-Time Spa Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill the tub, dip a test strip and follow the start-up guide to balance pH and alkalinity before adding bromine. Within the first few weeks you will build a confident routine that keeps every evening soak clean and comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady for Dispatch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe InSpire Premium starter kit is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and leaves us with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will this starter kit last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The kit is designed to last around three to four weeks, which covers the start-up period for a new or refilled hot tub. After that, you can top up individual chemicals as your test strips show they are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What do the test strips measure, and can I treat a pool too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The 50 four-in-one test strips check alkalinity, bromine and pH levels. The kit is made for spas and hot tubs and can also be used to treat pool water. Always read and follow the instructions and warnings carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my starter kit arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends the InSpire Premium kit with swift UK dispatch through a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking details once it has been collected, so you can plan your hot tub start-up.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Superior Spas","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654004520,"sku":"Item #339403","price":31.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/inspire-premium-bromine-spa-starter-kit-quick-uk-delivery-today-1.webp?v=1792145925"},{"product_id":"inspire-superior-sparkle-spa-starter-kit","title":"InSpire Superior Sparkle Spa Chemical Starter Kit, Low Chlorine Weekly Care","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInSpire Superior Sparkle Spa Chemical Starter Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis InSpire Superior Sparkle pack is a spa chemical starter kit for hot tub owners who want to try a low chlorine weekly routine before committing to a larger supply. One treatment a week helps keep water clean, safe and soft, and the starter pack lasts three to four weeks. It is a simple, low-effort way to see crystal clear results in your own spa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Gentler Routine Than Heavy Chlorine Dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeavy chlorine routines can leave water smelling harsh, and they do little about the calcium deposits that build up in pipes and give bacteria a place to grow. Superior Sparkle targets that problem directly. Each weekly treatment helps prevent calcium deposits, then loosens and removes the existing ones, while the ozone or UV system already in your spa completes the job. The starter kit includes a 0.5L bottle of InSpire water treatment, a chlorine tablet dispenser, five chlorine tablets 90\/20, a 200ml measuring cup and a user guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Start with Superior Sparkle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow chlorine weekly treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e just one dose each week keeps maintenance quick and easy to remember.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree to four weeks of care:\u003c\/strong\u003e a trial-sized supply that lets you judge the results before buying a full kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalcium deposit control:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps prevent and remove deposits where bacteria and other micro-organisms tend to grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh scent and softer skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e water is left looking crystal clear and feeling nice and soft after every soak.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpa Chemical Starter Kit Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperior Spas (InSpire)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChemical kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTreatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow chlorine, weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater Treatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 0.5L bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine Tablets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 x 90\/20 tablets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDispenser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x chlorine tablet dispenser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasuring Cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 200ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlso Includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUser guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpas, hot tubs and pools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlease Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tub not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for New Hot Tub Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the weekly dose with the 200ml cup, add it to the water and let the dispenser and your spa's ozone or UV system handle the rest. It is a relaxed routine that fits around work and family life while keeping evening soaks fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable to Order Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superior Sparkle starter kit is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and ships with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will the starter kit keep my spa clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The starter pack weekly treatment lasts three to four weeks. It helps keep water clear by preventing and removing calcium deposits, and works with the ozone or UV system already in your spa to disinfect the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does my spa need an ozone or UV system for this to work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Superior Sparkle is designed to work alongside the ozone or UV system already in your spa, which does the rest of the disinfection. The kit can also treat pool water. Follow the instructions and warnings extremely carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my starter kit arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor ships this kit with swift UK dispatch using a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking details once your order is collected, so your first weekly treatment can be planned.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Superior Spas","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654037288,"sku":"Item #339404","price":28.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/inspire-superior-sparkle-hot-tub-starter-kit-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145928"},{"product_id":"kampa-pineveil-tipi-tent-2-person","title":"Kampa Pineveil 2 Person Tipi-Style Tent with Roll-Up Sides in Brown","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKampa Pineveil Tipi-Style Tent, 2 Person\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kampa Pineveil is a 2 person tipi tent for couples and solo adventurers who value headroom and space over a cramped dome. A central aluminium pole makes it quick to pitch, and the 200cm peak lets you stand and move around comfortably. Roll up the sides for airflow on warm evenings, or close everything down when the weather turns and shelter under its generous cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy a Tipi Beats a Low Backpacking Tent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmall two-person domes force you to crawl in and out, and condensation builds quickly when there is nowhere for air to go. Pineveil takes a different shape. Pitched, it measures H 200 x W 300 x D 390cm, with a large doorway and mesh windows. Roll-up sides and zipped vents control airflow, while a removable ground sheet and inner compartment keep sleeping space tidy. The fly is 68D siliconised ripstop polyester, and two aluminium poles keep weight to 8.4kg. Packed, it shrinks to H 22 x W 25 x D 90cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures That Make Camp Comfortable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral aluminium pole:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick to pitch, so camp is set up and the kettle is on sooner after arrival.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-up sides:\u003c\/strong\u003e open the walls on warm evenings for a breeze, then lower them when the wind picks up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInner compartment and removable ground sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e separates sleeping space and makes cleaning out grass and mud easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMesh windows and zipped vents:\u003c\/strong\u003e let air circulate to reduce stuffiness while keeping insects outside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Person Tipi Tent Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKampa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePineveil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 person tent, tipi style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68D siliconised ripstop polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePitched Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 200 x W 300 x D 390cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 22 x W 25 x D 90cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll-up sides, large doorway, inner compartment, removable ground sheet, zipped vents, mesh windows in doorway\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Festival Weekends and Wild Getaways\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePitch it in minutes at a campsite or festival field, roll up a side wall and enjoy the view with a coffee in hand. With standing height inside, changing clothes and sorting kit on a rainy morning feels far less of a chore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady for Your Next Trip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kampa Pineveil is in stock at Garden N Outdoor today and ships with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How well does the tent cope with changeable weather?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The fly is made from 68D siliconised ripstop polyester, and the design offers plenty of cover if the weather turns. Lower the roll-up sides and close the zipped vents in wind or rain, then open them again for airflow when it clears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the Pineveil pitched, and how big is it packed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It pitches quickly using a central aluminium pole, with two aluminium poles included in total. Packed dimensions are H 22 x W 25 x D 90cm and it weighs 8.4kg, so it fits in most car boots alongside other camping kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How soon will my tent arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends the Pineveil with quick UK delivery through a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking once the parcel is on its way, so you can plan your trip with confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kampa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654070056,"sku":"Item #618085","price":288.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/kampa-pineveil-2-person-tipi-camping-tent-prompt-uk-arrival-1.webp?v=1792145928"},{"product_id":"coca-cola-ice-chest-85-can","title":"Coca-Cola Stainless Steel Ice Chest, 85 Can Cool Box with Bottle Opener","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoca-Cola Stainless Steel Ice Chest with Bottle Opener 85 Can\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Coca-Cola Ice Chest is a stainless steel cool box for day trips, boating, fishing, camping and garden barbecues where you need plenty of cold drinks without a plug. It fits up to 85 standard 355ml cans and keeps contents chilled with ice alone. Official Coca-Cola graphics and a rugged metal exterior give it real retro character, while a built-in bottle opener means no hunting for one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Build Over Flimsy Plastic Coolers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLightweight plastic cool boxes crack at the hinges, stain inside and need tipping over to empty meltwater. This chest is built for heavier use. A rugged, rust-proof stainless steel design with a painted metal exterior protects the contents, and a thick, durable liner keeps them cold. The leak-resistant channel drain empties water without tilting, and a locking handle on the lid holds everything secure in the car. Rubber-coated carry handles make the 7.21kg chest easier to lift when it is full, and it measures L 55.25 x W 35.55 x H 42cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Makes This Ice Chest Stand Out\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds up to 85 cans:\u003c\/strong\u003e enough capacity for big family days, fishing trips or a full garden party with friends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in bottle opener:\u003c\/strong\u003e fitted to the chest so a cold bottle is opened in seconds, with no searching for tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChannel drain:\u003c\/strong\u003e rustproof and leak-resistant, letting meltwater out without tilting the whole cooler at the end of the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking lid handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps contents secure during the drive, and a steel latch holds the lid firmly shut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Cool Box Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoca-Cola\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool box (ice chest)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, metal exterior with paint finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, black and silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCan Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 85 x 355ml cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eL 55.25 x W 35.55 x H 42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.21kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber-coated easy carry handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in bottle opener, locking lid handle, steel latch, channel drain, thick liner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone required (ice cooled)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Barbecues, Boats and Beach Days\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLoad it with ice and pre-chilled drinks the night before, then let it sit by the barbecue as the centrepiece of the afternoon. On fishing trips or campsite weekends, the sturdy steel body shrugs off knocks that would crack a plastic box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock and Ready to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Coca-Cola stainless steel ice chest is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and goes out with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How well does it keep drinks cold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It has a thick, durable liner designed to keep contents cold, and works best filled with ice and drinks that are already chilled. Keeping the lid closed and the chest out of direct sun will help the ice last longer through the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need electricity, and how do I drain it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: No electricity is required, because it is cooled entirely by ice. A rustproof, leak-resistant channel drain lets meltwater run out without tilting the chest, and the interior is easy to clean afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my cool box be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this chest with swift UK dispatch via a dependable courier service. Tracking details follow once it has left us, so it can be ready for your upcoming trip.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coca-Cola","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654135592,"sku":"Item #578836","price":168.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/coca-cola-85-can-stainless-steel-ice-chest-quick-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145929"},{"product_id":"koolatron-electric-cool-box-27l","title":"Koolatron 27L 12V Electric Cool and Warm Box with Strap, Grey, Holds 48 Cans","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoolatron 12V Electric Cooler 27L, Cool\/Warm Box with Adjustable Strap in Grey\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Koolatron 27L is a 12V electric cool box that keeps food chilled on the road or warm for the journey home, ready for road trips, picnics and family gatherings. It holds up to 48 standard cans and runs from your vehicle's 12V outlet, with a 230V adaptor included for use at home. Set it up chest-style like a classic cooler, or stand it upright as a portable mini-fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Thermoelectric Beats Melting Ice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIce-filled cool boxes turn sandwiches soggy and need restocking every few hours, and they cannot keep a dish warm. Koolatron uses thermoelectric technology that cools to 22°C below the surrounding temperature or warms to 57°C. It is not affected by the movement of your vehicle, so it keeps working on bumpy roads. The 12V DC cord draws 5 amps or 60 watts, and advanced insulation holds temperatures steadily. An injection moulded hard exterior protects the contents, while a secure sliding lock stops the lid opening if the box tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Features for Long Journeys\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCool or warm mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e chills to 22°C below ambient or warms to 57°C, so takeaway or hot dishes travel well too.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChest or upright use:\u003c\/strong\u003e lay it flat as a classic cool box or stand it up as a handy portable mini-fridge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12V and 230V power:\u003c\/strong\u003e plug into the car outlet on the move, then use the included 230V adaptor indoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure sliding lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents accidental opening, keeping food and drinks safely inside on twisty roads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12V Electric Cool Box Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKoolatron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric cool box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27L, holds up to 48 cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey and white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic, injection moulded hard exterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 22°C below surrounding temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 57°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V DC cord (5A \/ 60W), 230V AC adaptor included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 38.7 x W 43.8 x D 38.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.11kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding lock, moulded inset handles, adjustable strap, stain-resistant interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Road Trips and Family Days Out\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePack cold drinks and lunches for the motorway, then switch to warming mode to bring a casserole to a relative's house. The sturdy moulded handles and adjustable strap make it easy to carry from the car to the picnic spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStock Ready Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Koolatron 27L cool box is in stock at Garden N Outdoor now and reaches you with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How cold will it keep my food and drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It cools to 22°C below the surrounding temperature using thermoelectric technology, with advanced insulation for reliable temperature control. Pre-chilling drinks before a trip helps the box hold its temperature even on warm days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use it in the car and at home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It plugs into your vehicle's 12V outlet using the 12V DC cord, which draws 5 amps or 60 watts, and a 230V AC adaptor is included for use at home. Thermoelectric cooling is not affected by vehicle movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my cool box arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this cool box with quick UK delivery through a dependable courier service. Tracking details follow once your order is collected, so you can plan around your next trip.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koolatron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654168360,"sku":"Item #615190","price":158.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/koolatron-27l-12v-electric-cool-box-dependable-courier-service-1.webp?v=1792145929"},{"product_id":"coca-cola-polar-bear-fridge-25l","title":"Coca-Cola Polar Bear 25L Mini Fridge, 28 Can Cooler and Warmer with Glass Door","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoca-Cola Polar Bear Mini Fridge 25L Portable Cooler Warmer 28 Can\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Coca-Cola Polar Bear 25L is a Coca-Cola mini fridge for collectors and drink lovers who want a display piece that actually works. It holds 28 standard soft drink cans behind a tempered glass window featuring the iconic polar bears. Thermoelectric technology chills drinks or warms lunch, and with AC and DC adapters it runs happily at home, in the office or on the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore Than a Plain Desk Fridge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBasic mini fridges hide your drinks behind a plain door and offer a single, fixed setting. This Coca-Cola model gives far more. Easy temperature controls with a digital display let you choose between cooling to 19°C below room temperature or warming to 60°C. A tempered glass window and bright LED interior lighting show off the contents, and a removable shelf helps organise cans and snacks. It uses iceless thermoelectric technology, with a secure latching door handle and a flip-up carry handle, in vibrant red with polished chrome accents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Fans Want This Fridge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e28 can capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 litres of space keeps plenty of soft drinks chilled for the office, games room or den.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital temperature controls:\u003c\/strong\u003e set cooling or warming precisely, from 19°C below room temperature up to 60°C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass door with LED light:\u003c\/strong\u003e shows off drinks and the iconic polar bear graphics, day or night.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAC and DC power:\u003c\/strong\u003e includes a 230V indoor cord and a 12V travel cord for home and car use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoca-Cola Mini Fridge Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoca-Cola\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric mini fridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25L, holds 28 standard cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, white and silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 19°C below room temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 60°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V AC and 12V DC cords included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTempered glass display window, secure latching handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED lighting, removable shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 48.9 x W 34.3 x D 38.1cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Dens, Offices and Garden Rooms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStock it with favourite drinks in the games room or garden office and the polar bear window becomes an instant talking point. When a road trip comes up, the 12V cord and flip-up handle let it travel along too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLive Stock Available\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Polar Bear mini fridge is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and leaves our warehouse with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How cold does the fridge get, and can it warm food too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It cools to 19°C below room temperature or warms to 60°C using thermoelectric technology. Easy controls with a digital display let you switch modes and set the temperature that suits drinks, snacks or a packed lunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I run it in the car as well as at home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It is compatible with AC and DC power, and both an indoor 230V AC cord and a 12V DC travel cord are included. A flip-up carry handle makes it easy to move between the house and the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my mini fridge arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor ships this fridge with swift UK dispatch through a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking details as soon as your order is collected, so you can clear a spot on the shelf ready for it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coca-Cola","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654201128,"sku":"Item #578799","price":148.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/coca-cola-polar-bear-25l-mini-fridge-rapid-mainland-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145930"},{"product_id":"koolatron-slim-cool-box-17l","title":"Koolatron 17L 12V Slim Electric Cool and Warm Box with Strap, Grey, Holds 23 Cans","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoolatron 12V Electric Cooler 17L, Cool\/Warm Box with Adjustable Strap in Grey\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Koolatron P20 is a slim 12V cool box for families who want chilled drinks and snacks within reach on every car journey. At just 22cm wide, its narrow footprint is designed to fit between the front seats of most minivans. It holds up to 23 standard cans, and a lightweight flip-up lid opens with one hand for quick grab-and-go access while you travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy a Narrow Electric Cooler Wins on the Road\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBulky chest coolers hog the boot, so snacks end up out of reach until the next stop, and ice soon turns everything soggy. Koolatron's slim design changes that. Thermoelectric technology cools to 22°C below the surrounding temperature or warms to 57°C, and it is not affected by vehicle movement. The 12V DC cord draws 5 amps or 60 watts, with a 230V AC adaptor for home. Advanced insulation keeps temperatures steady, an injection moulded hard exterior protects contents, and the stain-resistant interior wipes clean in moments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHighlights for Busy Car Journeys\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e22cm slim width:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits between the front seats of most minivans so drinks stay within easy reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-hand flip-up lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e lightweight lid opens quickly for grab-and-go access to snacks without stopping the journey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCool or warm:\u003c\/strong\u003e chills to 22°C below ambient temperature or warms food up to 57°C for later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding carry handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e sturdy handle folds away when not in use, keeping the profile neat between the seats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 12V Cool Box Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKoolatron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric cool box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17L, holds up to 23 cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey and white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic, injection moulded hard exterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 22°C below surrounding temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 57°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V DC cord (5A \/ 60W), 230V AC adaptor included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 40.6 x W 43.8 x D 22.2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.42kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding carry handle, adjustable strap, stain-resistant interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for School Runs and Long Drives\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlot it between the front seats before a long drive and passengers can help themselves to cold drinks without anyone pulling over. At home, the 230V adaptor turns it into a handy overflow fridge for parties or a warm box for takeaway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn the Shelf Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Koolatron 17L slim cool box is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and sent with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it keep drinks cold on a long, warm journey?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It cools to 22°C below the surrounding temperature using thermoelectric technology, and advanced insulation helps maintain reliable temperature control. For the best results, load drinks that are already chilled and keep the lid closed between grabs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it fit in my car, and how is it powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It is 22cm wide and designed to fit between the front seats of most minivans. It plugs into a 12V vehicle outlet using the DC cord rated at 5 amps or 60 watts, and a 230V AC adaptor is included for home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my slim cool box arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this cool box with quick UK delivery through a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking information once your order has been collected, ready for your next road trip.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koolatron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654233896,"sku":"Item #614932","price":148.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/koolatron-17l-slim-12v-electric-cool-box-fast-tracked-uk-transit-1.webp?v=1792145934"},{"product_id":"coca-cola-vending-fridge-10-can","title":"Coca-Cola Retro Vending Machine Mini Fridge, 5L 10 Can Portable Cooler in Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoca-Cola 5L Mini Fridge 10 Can Portable Vending Machine in Red\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Coca-Cola 5L model is a retro vending machine mini fridge for anyone who wants their soft drinks kept cool with a bit of nostalgic fun. It holds 10 standard cans behind a built-in display window, and a push button vending action delivers a can just like the classic machines. Slim and compact, it suits a desk, a games room shelf or a bedroom corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Talking Point, Not Just a Box That Chills\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost compact fridges are plain white cubes that disappear into a corner and give guests nothing to talk about. This one is different from the moment you see it. The quirky retro vending machine design comes in vibrant red with vintage Coca-Cola artwork and polished chrome accents. It uses efficient iceless thermoelectric technology to cool to 16°C below room temperature, and runs on AC or DC power with a 230V indoor cord and a 12V travel cord included. A secure self-locking door handle prevents accidental opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures Guests Always Try\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePush button vending action:\u003c\/strong\u003e press the button and a can is dispensed, delighting guests of every age.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 can capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds ten standard soft drink cans, ideal for a desk, den or bedroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAC and DC power:\u003c\/strong\u003e includes a 230V indoor cord and a 12V travel cord for home or car use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-locking door:\u003c\/strong\u003e a secure handle keeps the door closed and drinks safely inside between visits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetro Vending Machine Mini Fridge Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoca-Cola\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric mini fridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5L, holds 10 standard cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, white and silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetro vending machine with display window\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 16°C below room temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V AC and 12V DC cords included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIceless thermoelectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStain-resistant, wipes clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Games Rooms and Home Bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlace it beside the sofa in a games room and watch visitors queue to try the vending button before every match. The space-saving slim design also suits student rooms and home offices where a full-size fridge would never fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe retro vending fridge is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and goes out with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How cold will the drinks get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It cools to 16°C below room temperature using iceless thermoelectric technology, so drinks are kept pleasantly cool rather than frozen. Loading cans that are already chilled helps them stay at a refreshing temperature for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the vending button really dispense a can?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The fridge features a push button vending action that releases a can, adding a fun retro touch. It runs on AC or DC power, with a 230V indoor cord and a 12V travel cord included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How soon will my vending fridge arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor ships this fridge with swift UK dispatch via a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking details as soon as it is on its way to you.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coca-Cola","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654266664,"sku":"Item #578817","price":138.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/coca-cola-retro-vending-fridge-quickly-shipped-across-the-uk-1.webp?v=1792145934"},{"product_id":"kampa-slim-chef-camping-stand","title":"Kampa Slim Chef Camping Kitchen Stand with Sink, Wind Shield and Side Table","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKampa Slim Chef Stand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kampa Slim Chef is a camping kitchen stand for campers who want a proper outdoor cooking station instead of crouching over a stove on the grass. It holds your stove steady while doubling as prep space and a serving station. A wind shield, removable side table, cutting board and collapsible sink are all built in, giving you a compact field kitchen that packs into its own carry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Than Cooking on the Ground\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBalancing a stove on uneven turf or a wobbly cool box lid is awkward and risky, and gusts quickly blow out the flame. Kampa built the Slim Chef to fix that. Pitched, it measures H 80 x W 165 x D 50cm, raising cooking to a comfortable working height. The wind shield protects the burner, the cutting board and side table give room for chopping and plating, and the collapsible sink handles washing up. A 30kg load capacity copes with stoves and pans, and it folds down to H 46.5 x W 15.5 x D 80cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Makes the Slim Chef Practical\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWind shield:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects the stove flame from gusts so meals cook evenly on exposed pitches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable side table:\u003c\/strong\u003e extra space for plates, spices and utensils that detaches when room is tight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting board and collapsible sink:\u003c\/strong\u003e prepare ingredients and wash up at the same station without extra bowls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30kg load capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong enough for a camping stove, pans and supplies for a full family meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCamping Kitchen Stand Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKampa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlim Chef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCamping table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePitched Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 80 x W 165 x D 50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 46.5 x W 15.5 x D 80cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWind shield, removable side table, cutting board, collapsible sink, carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Family Camping Weekends\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up the Slim Chef beside the awning, fire up the stove and cook bacon breakfasts at a comfortable height while the kettle boils. When the trip ends, everything folds into the carry bag and slips into the boot alongside the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady for Camping Season\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kampa Slim Chef is in stock at Garden N Outdoor now and ships for prompt UK arrival.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the stand sturdy enough to hold a stove and pans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The Slim Chef has a 30kg load capacity and is designed to hold your stove steady while doubling as prep and serving space. Pitch it on level ground and keep heavier items centred over the frame for best stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it pack down, and will it fit my stove?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It folds to H 46.5 x W 15.5 x D 80cm and stores in the included carry bag, weighing 12.8kg. Check your stove's footprint against the stand when pitched at H 80 x W 165 x D 50cm before your first trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly can I get the Slim Chef?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor dispatches this stand promptly for prompt UK arrival, using a dependable courier service. Tracking follows once your parcel is collected, so you can plan your next outdoor meal.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kampa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654332200,"sku":"Item #618094","price":98.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/kampa-slim-chef-camp-kitchen-stand-with-sink-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145934"},{"product_id":"vivere-cotton-hammock-steel-stand-9ft","title":"Vivere 9 ft Double Cotton Hammock with Steel Stand and Premium Carry Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVivere Cotton Hammock with Steel Frame and Premium Carry Bag (9 ft)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Vivere 9ft set is a double cotton hammock with stand for anyone who wants an instant spot to unwind without hunting for two sturdy trees. The breathable cotton bed offers room to spread out alone or share with someone, while the powder-coated steel stand supports it on a deck, patio, lawn or campsite. A carry bag means the whole set can travel with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy a Stand Beats Tying to Trees\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTree-hung hammocks depend on finding two healthy trunks the right distance apart, and straps can mark the bark. Rope hammocks also dig into your back after a few minutes. Vivere avoids both problems. The hammock is made from soft, breathable cotton with strong polyester end strings for longevity, and the included steel stand is powder coated with a rust-resistant finish. The hammock measures 200 x 150cm, the stand footprint is 249 x 109 x 104cm, and the combo has a weight capacity of 204.12kg, all at a total weight of 14kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReasons to Stretch Out in a Vivere\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble hammock:\u003c\/strong\u003e enough room for solo lounging or sharing the cotton bed with a friend or partner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable cotton fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e soft, durable material that stays comfortable on warm afternoons and lasts for seasons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-coated steel stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e rust-resistant finish supports the hammock on decks, patios, lawns and campsites.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarry bag included:\u003c\/strong\u003e pack the set for holidays, beach trips or moving it around the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Cotton Hammock with Stand Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVivere\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammock with stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9ft set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammock Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCotton with polyester end strings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStand Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammock Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 x 150cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStand Footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e249 x 109 x 104cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e204.12kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble cotton hammock, steel stand, carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Lazy Weekends and Long Evenings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet it up on the lawn on Saturday morning and it becomes the favourite place for reading, napping or watching the sky. Because assembly is quick and the bag is included, it can follow you to the campsite or a friend's garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Vivere double hammock and stand set is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and ships with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much weight can the hammock and stand hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The combo has a stated weight capacity of 204.12kg, which suits one person spreading out or two people sharing. The cotton bed uses strong polyester end strings, and the stand is powder-coated steel for durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How easy is the stand to put together?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Vivere describes assembly as hassle-free, letting you go from package to relaxing in minutes. The stand has a footprint of 249 x 109 x 104cm, so measure your deck, patio or lawn space before choosing a spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my hammock set arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this set with swift UK dispatch through a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking details once it is on its way, so you can plan your first lazy afternoon.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Vivere","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654364968,"sku":"Item #541008","price":88.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/vivere-9ft-cotton-hammock-with-steel-stand-quick-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145934"},{"product_id":"samba-sports-folding-bench-6-seater","title":"Samba Sports 6 Seater Folding Portable Bench with Carry Bag, Steel Frame","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSamba Sports 6-Seater Folding Portable Bench\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Samba Sports bench is a 6 seater folding bench for sports teams, spectators and households that need extra seating in seconds. It unfolds to 270cm long, giving substitutes, coaching staff or family members a comfortable place to sit at matches, campsites and garden barbecues. No instructions or tools are needed, and the carry bag with shoulder strap makes it simple to bring along.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy One Long Bench Beats Six Folding Chairs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHauling half a dozen camping chairs to the touchline means multiple trips from the car and a tangle of frames to unfold. Samba Sports combines them into one piece. A heavy-duty steel frame supports quality 600D HD poly bench fabric, yet the whole bench weighs just 11kg. Open, it measures H 76 x W 270 x D 43cm, and it folds to a compact H 76 x W 74 x D 43cm for transport. It sets up in seconds, so seating is ready before the warm-up has even started.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBench Benefits at a Glance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats six:\u003c\/strong\u003e one 270cm bench gives a whole row of substitutes or spectators a comfortable place to sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy-duty construction with 600D HD poly fabric for strong, comfortable support through long matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSets up in seconds:\u003c\/strong\u003e no instructions or tools needed, so it is ready as soon as you arrive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarry bag with shoulder strap:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 11kg bench is easy to transport from the car to the pitch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Seater Folding Bench Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamba Sports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding bench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D HD polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions Open\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 76 x W 270 x D 43cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions Closed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 76 x W 74 x D 43cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBag Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, with shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Coaches, Teams and Busy Families\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrab it from the boot on match day and the whole squad has somewhere to sit while waiting to come on. At home it doubles as handy overflow seating for garden barbecues, camping trips or a crowded summer birthday party.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStock Ready to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Samba Sports bench is in stock at Garden N Outdoor now and sent with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the bench strong enough for a full team?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It is built with a heavy-duty steel frame and quality 600D HD poly bench fabric, designed as six-seater seating for substitutes, coaching staff and spectators. Set it on reasonably level ground so the load spreads evenly along the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it fold, and how big is it closed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It opens without instructions or tools and folds down to H 76 x W 74 x D 43cm. Weighing 11kg, it fits in the included carry bag with a shoulder strap for easy transport between car, pitch and garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will the bench arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor ships this bench with quick UK delivery through a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking details once it is collected, so it can be ready for the next fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Samba Sports","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654397736,"sku":"Item #139798","price":78.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/samba-sports-6-seater-folding-bench-fast-tracked-uk-transit-1.webp?v=1792145937"},{"product_id":"coca-cola-heritage-fridge-12-can","title":"Coca-Cola Heritage 7.9L Mini Fridge, 12 Can Portable Cooler and Warmer in Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoca-Cola Heritage 7.9L Mini Fridge 12 Can Portable Cooler in Red\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Coca-Cola Heritage is a 12 can mini fridge that celebrates the famous contour bottle, first introduced over 100 years ago. Its vibrant red door carries a 3D chrome rendering of the iconic glass bottle, so it looks as good on a desk as it does in a games room. Inside, 7.9 litres of space keeps drinks and snacks chilled, or warms your lunch, at home or on the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Desk Fridge with Genuine Character\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGeneric personal fridges are forgettable boxes that clash with a carefully styled office or den. The Heritage brings a piece of design history instead. Efficient, iceless thermoelectric technology cools to 18°C below room temperature or warms to 57°C, and it is compatible with AC and DC power, with 230V indoor and 12V travel adapters included. A secure self-locking door handle prevents accidental opening, a removable shelf helps organise contents, and the durable, stain-resistant interior wipes clean easily. A space-saving inset carry handle keeps the profile neat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeritage Highlights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 can capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.9 litres holds a dozen standard drink cans, the right size for a desk or shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCool or warm:\u003c\/strong\u003e chills to 18°C below room temperature or warms to 57°C for lunch on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContour bottle design:\u003c\/strong\u003e a 3D chrome rendering of the iconic glass Coke bottle makes it a real collector's piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome and travel power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V indoor and 12V travel adapters included, so it moves easily from office to car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 Can Mini Fridge Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoca-Cola\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeritage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric mini fridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.9L, holds 12 standard cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, silver and white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 18°C below room temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 57°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V AC and 12V DC adapters included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 33.7 x W 29.2 x D 30.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-locking door handle, removable shelf, inset carry handle, stain-resistant interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Desks, Dens and Dorm Rooms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep it on the corner of your desk so a cold drink is always within arm's reach during long working days. Fans of the brand will enjoy displaying it on a shelf, and the 12V lead means it can join you on weekend drives too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock and Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Coca-Cola Heritage fridge is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and leaves us with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How cold will it keep my drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It cools to 18°C below room temperature using iceless thermoelectric technology. That keeps drinks pleasantly chilled rather than frozen, and placing cans in already cold will help the fridge maintain a refreshing temperature through the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use it in the car as well as at home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It is compatible with AC and DC power, and both a 230V indoor adapter and a 12V travel adapter are included. The lightweight body and inset carry handle make moving it between rooms or into the car simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my Heritage fridge arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this fridge with quick UK delivery through a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking details once it has left us, so you can plan where it will live.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coca-Cola","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654430504,"sku":"Item #578826","price":68.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/coca-cola-heritage-7-9l-mini-fridge-12-can-prompt-uk-arrival-1.webp?v=1792145939"},{"product_id":"coca-cola-can-mini-fridge-5l","title":"Coca-Cola 5.4L Can-Shaped Mini Fridge, 8 Can Portable Cooler in Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoca-Cola 5.4L Coke Mini Fridge 8 Can Portable Cooler in Red\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Coca-Cola 5.4L cooler is a can shaped mini fridge designed to look like a giant Coke can, perfect for fans who want their drinks chilled with a smile. It holds eight standard cans and fits neatly on a desk or table at home, in the office or in a student room. A pull-tab style carry handle folds away when not in use, completing the playful look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Novelty Can Still Mean Practical\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlenty of novelty gadgets look fun for a week and then gather dust because they do not work well. This fridge earns its spot. Efficient, iceless thermoelectric technology cools to 18°C below surrounding temperature, and it runs on AC or DC power with 230V indoor and 12V travel adapters included. A secure locking door prevents accidental opening, a removable shelf organises contents, and the durable, stain-resistant interior easily wipes clean. It measures H 38.1 x W 20.3 x D 20.3cm and weighs 2.6kg, light enough to carry wherever drinks are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Fans Love About It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGiant Coke can design:\u003c\/strong\u003e vibrant red and silver exterior with official Coca-Cola graphics makes it an instant talking point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight can capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.4 litres of space holds eight standard cans, ideal for one person or a small group.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePull-tab carry handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds away when not in use and makes the 2.6kg fridge easy to move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAC and DC power:\u003c\/strong\u003e use the 230V adapter at home or the 12V adapter for trips in the car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan Shaped Mini Fridge Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoca-Cola\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric mini fridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4L, holds 8 standard cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, white and silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 18°C below room temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V AC and 12V DC adapters included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 38.1 x W 20.3 x D 20.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking door, removable shelf, fold-away pull-tab handle, stain-resistant interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Bedrooms, Offices and Gifts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePop it on a bedside table or office desk and a cold can is never more than a reach away. It also makes a memorable gift for a Coca-Cola collector, especially one heading off to university halls this autumn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable to Order Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe can shaped fridge is in stock at Garden N Outdoor now and goes out with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How well does it keep drinks cool?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It uses efficient, iceless thermoelectric technology to cool to 18°C below the surrounding temperature. Loading drinks that are already chilled and keeping the locking door closed helps it hold a refreshing temperature for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it run in the car and at home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It is compatible with AC and DC power, with both 230V indoor and 12V travel adapters included. The fold-away pull-tab handle and 2.6kg weight make it easy to carry between the house and the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How soon will the can fridge arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this fridge with swift UK dispatch via a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking information once your order has been collected, so you know when to expect it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coca-Cola","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654496040,"sku":"Item #578832","price":68.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/coca-cola-5-4l-can-shaped-mini-fridge-dependable-courier-service-1.webp?v=1792145940"},{"product_id":"coca-cola-speaker-mini-fridge-4l","title":"Coca-Cola 4L Mini Fridge with Bluetooth Speaker, 6 Can 12V Cooler and Warmer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoca-Cola 4L Mini Fridge 6 Can 12V Portable Cooler \u0026amp; Warmer in Red\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Coca-Cola 4L unit is a mini fridge with Bluetooth speaker, combining chilled drinks and your favourite music in one retro package. It holds six standard cans, and the built-in speaker connects wirelessly to an iPhone or Android smartphone. With vintage Coca-Cola artwork and a classic refrigerator shape, it brings personality to a desk, shelf, garden office or campsite pitch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Gadgets in One Compact Body\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA separate speaker and drinks cooler means two sets of cables, two chargers and twice the clutter on a small desk. This Coca-Cola combination solves that neatly. Thermoelectric technology cools to 18°C below room temperature or warms to 57°C, while the speaker streams music from your phone. It is compatible with AC and DC power, with a 230V indoor cord and a 12V travel cord included. Measuring H 26.7 x W 18.4 x D 23.5cm and weighing 1.8kg, it is light enough to carry using the inset handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures Worth Talking About\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetooth speaker:\u003c\/strong\u003e connects to your iPhone or Android smartphone to play music at home or on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix can capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 litres of space keeps six standard cans or a packed lunch chilled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCool or warm modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e chills to 18°C below room temperature or warms food up to 57°C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure latching door:\u003c\/strong\u003e prevents accidental opening, with a removable shelf to help organise cans and snacks neatly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMini Fridge with Bluetooth Speaker Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoca-Cola\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric mini fridge with Bluetooth speaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4L, holds 6 standard cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, black and white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 18°C below room temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 57°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAudio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth speaker, iPhone and Android compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V AC and 12V DC cords included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 26.7 x W 18.4 x D 23.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatching door, removable shelf, inset carry handle, stain-resistant interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Desks, Dens and Days Out\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep it on the desk to stream a playlist while a cold can waits inside for your afternoon break. On weekends, plug it into the car's 12V socket and take music and drinks to the beach, the park or a campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Ship Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis speaker fridge is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and heads out with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How cold will it keep drinks, and can it warm food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It cools to 18°C below room temperature or warms to 57°C using iceless thermoelectric technology. That makes it handy for chilled cans in summer and for keeping a packed lunch warm on cooler days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which phones work with the speaker, and how is it powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The Bluetooth speaker connects to an iPhone or Android smartphone. The fridge runs on AC or DC power, with a 230V indoor cord and a 12V travel cord included, so it works at home and in the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my fridge be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor ships this fridge with swift UK dispatch through a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking details as soon as it is on its way, so the music can start soon.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coca-Cola","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654561576,"sku":"Item #578834","price":68.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/coca-cola-4l-speaker-mini-fridge-6-can-rapid-mainland-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145940"},{"product_id":"kampa-hollow-camping-cupboard","title":"Kampa Hollow Folding Camping Cupboard with 2 Shelves, Doubles as Side Table","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKampa Hollow Cupboard\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kampa Hollow is a folding camping cupboard for campers who are tired of digging through bags to find a clean jumper. Two shelves keep clothes and kit organised inside the tent or awning, and the flat top doubles as a handy side table for a lantern, mug or book. When it is time to move on, it folds away so you can pack up and roam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Shelves Beat a Pile of Holdalls\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLiving out of holdalls on a tent floor means everything gets crumpled, damp and impossible to find, especially after dark. The Hollow brings a bit of home order to the campsite. Its two shelves separate clothes, toiletries and small kit, and its 30kg load capacity handles a full family's worth of folded essentials. The top surface turns it into a side table beside your chair or bed. At 7.9kg it remains manageable to carry from the car, and it folds down when the trip is over. It makes a tent feel more like a well-run holiday home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHollow Highlights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep clothes, towels and small kit organised and off the damp tent floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a side table:\u003c\/strong\u003e the top holds a lantern, drink or phone beside your camp chair or bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30kg load capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e plenty of strength for folded clothes, toiletries, torches and everyday camping essentials for the whole family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds away:\u003c\/strong\u003e collapses when it is time to pack up, ready to travel to the next pitch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFolding Camping Cupboard Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKampa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHollow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCamping cupboard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.9kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage cupboard and side table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Organised Family Campers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnpack clothes onto the shelves when you arrive and the whole family can find what they need without emptying every bag. In the evening the top becomes a bedside table for a lantern, a paperback and a warm cup of tea.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady for Your Next Pitch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Kampa Hollow cupboard is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and ships for prompt UK arrival.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much can the cupboard hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The Hollow has a 30kg load capacity across its two shelves, which comfortably handles folded clothes, towels and smaller camping kit. Distribute heavier items evenly and keep it on level ground for the best stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it fit in my tent, and how does it pack away?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It is designed for use inside a tent or awning and folds away when it is time to move on. It weighs 7.9kg, so check the space in your tent and car before travelling to make sure it suits your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my camping cupboard arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor dispatches the Hollow promptly for prompt UK arrival, using a dependable courier service. Tracking details follow once it has been collected, so you can plan your packing list and organise kit before the next camping weekend away.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kampa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654594344,"sku":"Item #618096","price":68.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/kampa-hollow-camping-cupboard-with-2-shelves-prompt-uk-arrival-1.webp?v=1792145940"},{"product_id":"intex-king-dura-beam-air-mattress","title":"Intex King Dura-Beam Deluxe Air Mattress with Built-in Pump, 46cm Raised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntex King Dura-Beam Deluxe Air Mattress with Built-in Pump\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Intex Dura-Beam Deluxe is a king air mattress with built-in pump for hosts who want guests to sleep properly, not just make do. Its 220-240V electric pump inflates the bed in approximately four minutes, and the finished mattress sits 46cm off the floor. That height makes getting in and out far easier, while the plush, dual-layer comfort top provides a smooth sleeping surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Fiber-Tech Construction Beats Basic Airbeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheap airbeds use simple vertical coils that sag in the middle and roll sleepers towards each other by morning. Low designs also mean kneeling on the floor to get up. Intex builds this king airbed with Fiber-Tech interior construction and a horizontal beam structure that provides full body support and contour. Unique edge and bottom ring construction add stability, so sitting on the side feels secure. The PVC mattress measures approximately L 203 x W 152 x H 46cm inflated, supports up to 272kg and weighs 7.69kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComfort Features at a Glance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in electric pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V pump inflates the bed in about four minutes with no separate kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised 46cm height:\u003c\/strong\u003e sits closer to normal bed height, making it easier to get in and out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber-Tech construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e horizontal beams give full body support and contour for a more restful night.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdge and bottom ring support:\u003c\/strong\u003e adds stability across the mattress so sitting on the edge feels secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKing Air Mattress with Built-in Pump Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDura-Beam Deluxe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirbed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiber-Tech interior, horizontal beams, dual-layer comfort top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220-240V built-in electric pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflation Time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 4 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflated Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. L 203 x W 152 x H 46cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e272kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.69kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Hosting Friends and Family\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen relatives arrive for the weekend, plug it in, press the pump and a raised king bed is ready before the kettle has boiled. Afterwards it deflates and packs into its carry bag, ready for the next sleepover, holiday let or visitor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock for Guests\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Intex king airbed is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and reaches you with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the mattress stay firm and stable through the night?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It uses Fiber-Tech interior construction with horizontal beams for full body support, plus edge and bottom ring construction for stability. Air mattresses can soften slightly as the material relaxes, so topping up with the built-in pump is easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the built-in pump work, and what does it plug into?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The 220-240V electric pump is built into the mattress and runs from a 220-240V mains supply. It inflates the bed in approximately four minutes, so there is no need to bring a separate pump when setting up the guest room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my air mattress arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends this airbed with quick UK delivery through a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking once it is on its way, so you can be ready before guests arrive.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Intex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654692648,"sku":"Item #596298","price":58.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/intex-king-dura-beam-airbed-with-built-in-pump-quick-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145942"},{"product_id":"sport-brella-versa-brella-clamp-umbrella","title":"Sport-Brella Versa-Brella Clamp-On Umbrella with UPF 50+ and Swivel, Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSport-Brella Versa-Brella Clamp-On Umbrella, Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sport-Brella Versa-Brella is a clamp on umbrella for anyone who sits outdoors for hours, from touchline parents to anglers and golfers. It grips a chair, golf bag or wagon and throws UPF 50+ shade exactly where you need it. Swivel it as the sun tracks across the sky, and when the match ends it folds down to 89cm and slides into its carry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy a Clamp On Umbrella Beats a Beach Brolly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA traditional beach umbrella needs soft sand to anchor its pole, and on grass or shingle it leans, wobbles and eventually topples. The Versa-Brella skips the pole altogether. A heavy-duty clamp opens up to 1.5 inches and bites onto most surfaces, so the canopy stays fixed to the thing you are actually sitting in. The fabric and lining give UPF 50+ protection, while an added silver-coloured liner helps reflect heat away from your head and shoulders. At just 0.8kg, it adds almost nothing to the kit bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShade You Can Steer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360-degree swivel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rotate the canopy through a full circle to chase the shade from morning kick-off to late afternoon without moving your chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo push button hinges:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tilt and fine-tune the angle in seconds, so low evening sun stays out of your eyes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEye-safety caps:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protective caps on the canopy ends make it kinder to use in crowded spots around children and other spectators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact fold:\u003c\/strong\u003e Collapses quickly to 89 x 8.9cm and packs into the included carrying bag for the car boot or golf trolley.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersa-Brella Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSport-Brella\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersa-Brella with clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSun protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUPF 50+ fabric and lining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdded silver-coloured liner to help reflect heat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamp opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360-degree swivel, 2 push button hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. D 97 x W 99cm at widest point, tapering to W 38cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolded size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 x 8.9cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrying bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Touchlines, Fairways and Riverbanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClip it to a folding chair for Saturday morning football, a golf bag for an eighteen-hole round, or a camping wagon on a long beach day. Because it lives in its own bag and weighs under a kilo, it can stay in the boot all summer, ready whenever the forecast turns bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe blue Sport-Brella Versa-Brella is in stock at Garden N Outdoor now, with swift UK dispatch on every order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the clamp grip my camping chair firmly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The heavy-duty clamp opens up to 1.5 inches, which suits the tubular frames and arms found on most chairs, golf bags and wagons. Tighten it fully before opening the canopy, and fold the umbrella away when strong gusts pick up for safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I adjust the angle of the shade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: A 360-degree swivel lets you rotate the whole canopy, while two push button hinges let you tilt it up or down. Press a button, set the angle you want and release it, so the shade follows the sun throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How soon will my umbrella arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders placed with Garden N Outdoor leave our team with swift UK dispatch and travel by dependable courier service, so your Versa-Brella is on its way to you shortly after checkout, with tracking details sent once it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sport-Brella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654725416,"sku":"Item #594342","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/sport-brella-versa-brella-clamp-on-umbrella-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145945"},{"product_id":"gofire-colour-flames-25-pack","title":"GoFire Colour Flames 25 Pack for Campfires, Fire Pits and Fireplaces","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGoFire Colour Flames, 25 Pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoFire Colour Flames for fire pits, campfires and fireplaces give families and party hosts an easy way to turn an ordinary wood fire into a glowing show. Each sealed packet produces vibrant, multicoloured flames for up to 1 hour. You simply toss one in unopened. With 25 packets in a sturdy tube, there is enough colour for a whole season of garden evenings and camping trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour Flames for Fire Pits, Minus the Mess\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLoose fire colourants are messy to measure, easy to spill and awkward to carry to a campsite. GoFire removes every one of those steps. Each of the 25 packets goes into an established wood fire unopened, so there is no scooping, no powder on your hands and no guesswork about quantities. The tube keeps the individual packets organised, dry and together, which makes it simple to store in the shed or pack beside the marshmallows. It works in campfires, fireplaces, fire pits and bonfires, so one pack covers the back garden and the campsite alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the Tube Earns Its Space\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 individual packets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plenty of single-use sachets for a full summer of weekend fires, birthdays and bonfire nights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 1 hour per packet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each sachet keeps the flames dancing with colour long enough for a proper evening around the fire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToss in unopened:\u003c\/strong\u003e No measuring or opening required, so even a quick fire gets its show in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage tube:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps packets organised and portable for camping trips, caravan holidays and garden parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePack Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGoFire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour Flames\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 individual Colour Flame packets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour effect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMulticoloured flames\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBurn time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1 hour per packet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCampfires, fireplaces, fire pits and bonfires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage and transport tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 21.6 x W 11 x D 11cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.89kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonfire Nights and Campsite Evenings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the tube by the log basket and let the children take turns choosing when the next packet goes in, turning an ordinary Friday fire pit session into a small event. On camping weekends it packs into a crate beside the kindling, ready for that moment when the stars come out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStocked and Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoFire Colour Flames are in stock at Garden N Outdoor and leave us with fast-tracked UK transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long does each packet keep the flames coloured?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Each packet creates vibrant, multicoloured flames for up to 1 hour once it is added to an established wood fire. With 25 packets in the tube, you can colour many separate fires across the season rather than using everything at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do I need to open the packet first?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: No. The packets are designed to be tossed into an established wood fire unopened. Wait until the fire is burning well, add a single packet and stand back. Always follow the instructions and warnings printed on the packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my GoFire tube be sent out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed by Garden N Outdoor and sent with fast-tracked UK transit through a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking details by email as soon as it leaves us, so you can plan your next fire night.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gofire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654758184,"sku":"Item #649008","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/gofire-colour-flames-25-pack-fire-pits-fast-tracked-uk-transit-1.webp?v=1792145946"},{"product_id":"infinity-x1-string-lights-2-pack","title":"Infinity X1 500 Lumen Rechargeable String Lights 2 Pack with USB-C, 7.9m","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInfinity X1 500 Lumen Rechargeable String Lights, 2 Pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Infinity X1 two-pack gives campers and garden party hosts rechargeable string lights for camping, gazebos and patios, with no disposable batteries to buy. Each unit pairs a 500-lumen string light with a versatile area light. Unroll up to 7.9m of glow around a tent, an awning or a fence, choose a mode, then recharge over USB-C when the night is done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRechargeable String Lights Over Throwaway Cells\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheap battery fairy lights fade by mid-evening and leave a pile of spent AA cells behind. Infinity X1 uses an integrated rechargeable battery, so each charge is cheaper and creates no battery waste. Two units in the box means two separate zones of light: one inside the tent, one over the picnic table. Multiple modes adjust brightness, colour and ambience, from bright task lighting while you cook to a soft glow later on. The ABS and PP case rolls the string up neatly and folds its handle away, so nothing tangles in the kit bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Where You Want It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500-lumen output:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright enough for pitching, cooking or clearing up after dark, then dimmable for relaxed evenings outside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.9m string length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drape 26 feet of lights along a gazebo frame, tent ridge or garden fence for even, wide coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB-C charging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top up from a power bank, car socket or mains outlet, so a weekend away never ends in darkness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-up case:\u003c\/strong\u003e An extendable case with a collapsible handle stores the string tidily and carries easily between pitch and car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLighting Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInfinity X1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 rechargeable string light units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrightness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 lumens per string light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile area light on each unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eString length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26ft \/ 7.9m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in rechargeable battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple brightness, colour and ambience settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS, PP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter 12.02 x 4.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.48kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTents, Awnings and Back Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHang one unit along the tent ridge for reading and the other across the awning for dinner, then roll both away in minutes when you strike camp. Between trips, they move to the garden fence or the patio parasol, adding a warm glow to summer barbecues and birthday evenings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInfinity X1 string lights are in stock at Garden N Outdoor, with quick UK delivery to your door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these lights sturdy enough for regular camping trips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The units are made from ABS and PP plastics and pack into an extendable roll-up case with a collapsible handle, designed for on-the-go use. Rolling the string away after each trip keeps the cable tidy and protected in the car or kit bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I charge the string lights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Each unit has a built-in rechargeable battery that charges through USB-C. You can plug it into a power bank, a car USB socket or a mains USB adaptor, so it is easy to top up at home, in the car or on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my lights arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends every order for quick UK delivery, packed carefully and handed to a dependable courier service. Tracking details follow by email once your parcel is on the move, so you know exactly when to expect it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Infinity X1","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67896654823720,"sku":"Item #1872149","price":11.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/infinity-x1-rechargeable-string-lights-2-pack-quick-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145946"},{"product_id":"koolatron-24l-electric-cool-box","title":"Koolatron 24L 12V Electric Cool Box, Grey, Iceless Cooling with 230V Mains Adaptor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoolatron FunKool 12V Electric Cooler, 24L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Koolatron FunKool is a 12V electric cool box with 24L capacity for day trippers, picnickers and festival-goers who are tired of melting ice. Plug it into the car and thermoelectric cooling chills drinks and snacks to 22°C below the surrounding temperature. It holds up to 31 standard cans, stands 2L bottles upright, and the included 230V adaptor keeps it working at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThermoelectric Cooling Outlasts Ice Packs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA passive cool bag only slows the warm-up, and once the ice packs thaw you are left with lukewarm drinks and soggy sandwiches. The FunKool keeps actively cooling for as long as it has power, using less energy than a vehicle tail light. It runs from a 12V DC cord rated at 5 amps and 60 watts, and the thermoelectric system is not affected by vehicle movement. Advanced insulation holds the temperature steady, while an injection-moulded hard exterior protects the contents from knocks in a busy boot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12V Electric Cool Box, Practical Inside\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e31-can capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Room for a family's worth of drinks and snacks on a beach day, motorway trip or festival weekend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2L bottles upright:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tall bottles stand without tipping, so lids stay sealed and nothing leaks across the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking carry handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clicks into place to hold the lid closed while you walk from car park to picnic spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDivider and cord storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep snacks apart from drinks and tuck the cable into its built-in compartment when parked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKoolatron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunKool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24L, up to 31 standard cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 22°C below surrounding temperature, no ice needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermoelectric, unaffected by vehicle movement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V DC cord (5 amps \/ 60 watts), 230V AC adaptor included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInjection-moulded hard plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable, stain-resistant, detachable lid for cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtras\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable divider, built-in cord storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey, white and red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 40.0 x W 38.1 x D 29.2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.54kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Day Trips and Festival Weekends\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlide it into a hatchback boot beside the camping chairs and it starts cooling as soon as the 12V socket is live. Back home, plug in the mains adaptor and it becomes a handy drinks chiller for the patio or garden room during summer get-togethers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock and Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Koolatron 24L cool box is in stock at Garden N Outdoor, with prompt UK arrival on every order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How cold will the cool box keep my drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The FunKool uses thermoelectric technology to cool to 22°C below the surrounding temperature without any ice. Advanced insulation helps hold that temperature, so pre-chilled drinks stay cold for the journey and on arrival when it remains plugged in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I run it from a mains socket as well as the car?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. A 12V DC cord rated at 5 amps and 60 watts plugs into your vehicle outlet, and a 230V AC adaptor is included for use at home, in a caravan with hook-up or in a garden room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my cool box arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor packs your FunKool promptly and sends it by dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival. Tracking details follow by email as soon as it leaves us, so you can have it ready before your next outing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koolatron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67903101042984,"sku":"Item #615055","price":118.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/koolatron-24l-12v-electric-cool-box-for-trips-rapid-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145952"},{"product_id":"koolatron-34l-electric-cool-box","title":"Koolatron 34L 12V Electric Cool Box, Grey, Cools or Warms with Upright Mini Fridge Mode","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoolatron Kool Kaddy 12V Electric Cooler, 34L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Koolatron Kool Kaddy is a 34L electric cool box for road-trippers, campers and big families who want to cut down on service station stops. It plugs into a 12V car socket and either cools contents to 22°C below the surrounding air or warms food up to 57°C. Stand it upright and it doubles as a portable mini fridge holding up to 57 cans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Box, Two Jobs, No Ice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn ordinary cool box can only chill, and only until the ice melts into a puddle around the sandwiches. The Kool Kaddy uses thermoelectric technology instead, so it keeps working for as long as it has power and is not affected by the movement of the vehicle. Flip a setting and it warms a packed lunch on a cold day instead. Use it chest-style in the boot or upright as a mini fridge, with a strong magnetic latch to stop the door opening accidentally on bends. A 230V AC adaptor is included for use at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoad Trip Strengths\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e57-can capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 quarts of storage swallows drinks and food for a long family drive or a weekend under canvas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBasket-style shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable shelf and divider separate snacks from bottles and lift out for taller items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInset moulded handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carry the box without pinched fingers, even when it is loaded for the whole family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic latch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds the door firmly shut so nothing spills when the car takes a corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e34L Electric Cool Box Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKoolatron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKool Kaddy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34L (36 quart), fits 57 cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 22°C below surrounding temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 57°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrientation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChest style or upright portable mini fridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V DC cord (5 amps \/ 60 watts), 230V AC adaptor included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrong magnetic latch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInjection-moulded hard exterior, stain-resistant interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey and white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 40.0 x W 52.1 x D 39.4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.92kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMotorways, Campsites and Garden Parties\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLoad it the night before, plug it into the car at the start of the journey and lunch is ready at the first lay-by stop. At the campsite or back home it runs from the mains adaptor, giving you a spare fridge for barbecue drinks and party food on the patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStocked and Waiting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGarden N Outdoor has the 34L Koolatron Kool Kaddy in stock, with rapid mainland delivery on every order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the door stay shut when the cooler is used upright?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. A strong magnetic latch prevents accidental opening, so the door stays closed when the box stands upright as a portable mini fridge. The injection-moulded hard exterior and inset handles are designed to cope with regular loading in and out of the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it keep food warm as well as cold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It can. The thermoelectric system cools to 22°C below the surrounding temperature or warms contents up to 57°C. It runs from the included 12V DC cord in the car, or from the 230V AC adaptor at home or on a campsite hook-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How fast will my cool box be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends the Kool Kaddy with rapid mainland delivery using a dependable courier service. As soon as it leaves us you will receive tracking details by email, so you can have it packed and ready for your trip.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koolatron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67903101501736,"sku":"Item #608405","price":188.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/koolatron-34l-12v-electric-cool-and-warm-box-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145953"},{"product_id":"pro-swim-chlorine-5kg-test-strips","title":"Pro-Swim Hot Tub Chlorine Granules 5 x 1kg with 150 Test Strips, Rapid-Dissolve Refill","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePro-Swim Hot Tub Chlorine Granules 5 x 1kg with 150 Test Strips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Pro-Swim hot tub chlorine kit is a refill bundle for spa owners who want sanitiser and testing supplies in a single order. Inside are five 1kg tubs of chlorine granules and three bottles of test strips, 150 strips in total. As a guide, the kit should last approximately three to four months, keeping the water clear and the cupboard stocked between soaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTesting and Dosing Belong Together\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdding chlorine without testing is how water ends up eye-stinging one week and cloudy the next. Pro-Swim pairs the sanitiser with the strips, so dosing and checking go hand in hand. Each strip measures chlorine, alkalinity and pH, and all it takes is a two-second dip and a quick shake for instant results. The granules help protect and prolong the life of your hot tub, and the kit can also be used to treat pool water. Follow the instructions and warnings on every chemical product extremely carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInside the Hot Tub Chlorine Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 x 1kg chlorine granules:\u003c\/strong\u003e A generous supply of sanitiser for routine top-ups across roughly three to four months of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 test strips:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three bottles of 50 strips let you check the water frequently without rationing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree readings per strip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each strip measures chlorine, alkalinity and pH, giving a quick, clear picture of your water balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-second test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dip a strip, give it a shake and read the result instantly, then dose with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKit Contents and Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePro-Swim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot Tub and Pool Silver Plus Refill Chemical Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 x 1kg chlorine granules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTest strips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 bottles x 50 strips (150 total)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrip readings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine, alkalinity, pH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTest method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-second dip and quick shake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tubs and pools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate duration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-4 months, as a guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Weekly Spa Routines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the tubs and strips together on a shelf near the hot tub so a quick test and top-up becomes part of your weekend routine. With months of supply in one box, there is no last-minute dash for chlorine on the evening you planned a relaxing soak.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pro-Swim chlorine refill kit is in stock at Garden N Outdoor, sent with fast-tracked UK transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will this chlorine kit last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: As a guide, Pro-Swim says this kit should last approximately three to four months. Actual usage depends on your hot tub size, how often it is used and the bather load, so test the water regularly with the included strips and dose as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What do the test strips measure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Each strip measures chlorine, alkalinity and pH. Dip it in the water for two seconds, give it a quick shake and compare the colours for instant results. With 150 strips across three bottles, you can test often and adjust treatment accurately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my chemical kit arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Garden N Outdoor with fast-tracked UK transit through a dependable courier service. Once your parcel is collected, we email tracking details so you can see when your chlorine and strips will reach you.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pro-Swim","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67903102386472,"sku":"Item #373308","price":68.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/pro-swim-hot-tub-chlorine-granules-5x1kg-150-strips-swift-uk-1.webp?v=1792145957"},{"product_id":"pro-swim-hot-tub-chemical-kit","title":"Pro-Swim Hot Tub Chemical Kit, Chlorine, pH Balancers, Anti-Foam \u0026 100 Test Strips","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePro-Swim Hot Tub Starter Plus Chemical Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pro-Swim Starter Plus is a hot tub chemical kit for new and existing spa owners who want sanitising, pH balancing and foam control covered in one box. It combines chlorine granules, a pH reducer, a pH increaser, anti-foam and 100 test strips. As a guide, the kit should last approximately two to three months of regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy a Complete Hot Tub Chemical Kit Wins\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChlorine on its own cannot correct pH that has drifted too high or too low, and nothing spoils a soak faster than a lid full of froth. Starter Plus includes both a 1.5kg pH reducer and a 1kg pH increaser, so you can correct the balance in either direction. A 1L anti-foam treatment quickly removes unsightly foam caused by excess bather compounds, soaps and detergents. The chlorine kills potentially harmful bacteria and other organisms, and the kit helps protect and prolong the life of your hot tub. It can also be used to treat pool water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything for Balanced Water\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 1kg chlorine granules:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sanitise the water and tackle potentially harmful bacteria and other organisms after every soak.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epH reducer and increaser:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bring pH back into range whichever way it drifts, for more comfortable bathing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1L anti-foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quickly clears unsightly froth caused by soaps, detergents and excess bather compounds in the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 test strips:\u003c\/strong\u003e A two-second dip and a quick shake shows chlorine, alkalinity and pH instantly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStarter Plus Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePro-Swim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot Tub Starter Plus Chemical Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 1kg chlorine granules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH reducer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH increaser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 1L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTest strips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 bottles x 50 strips (100 total)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrip readings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine, alkalinity, pH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tubs and pools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate duration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-3 months, as a guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the First Fill and Beyond\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpen the box on the day you fill a new or freshly drained spa and you have everything needed to sanitise, balance and test the water. After that, a weekly check with a strip and a small dose keeps the hot tub inviting for family evenings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pro-Swim Starter Plus kit is in stock at Garden N Outdoor, packed for prompt UK arrival.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this kit enough to start a freshly filled hot tub?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It contains chlorine granules for sanitising, a pH reducer and increaser for balancing, anti-foam for clearing suds and 100 test strips for checking results. As a guide it lasts two to three months. Always follow each product's instructions and warnings extremely carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I know whether to use the pH reducer or increaser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Test the water with one of the included strips, which read chlorine, alkalinity and pH after a two-second dip and a quick shake. If pH reads high, use the reducer; if it reads low, use the increaser, then test again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will the kit be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor packs your chemical kit promptly and sends it by dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival. Tracking details are emailed when it leaves us, so you know when to expect your parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pro-Swim","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67903102812456,"sku":"Item #373302","price":78.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/pro-swim-hot-tub-chemical-starter-kit-for-spas-quick-uk-arrival-1.webp?v=1792145958"},{"product_id":"pro-swim-chlorine-granules-5kg","title":"Pro-Swim Hot Tub Chlorine Granules 5 x 1kg, Rapid-Dissolve Spa Sanitiser Value Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePro-Swim Hot Tub Chlorine Granules, 5 x 1kg\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese Pro-Swim hot tub chlorine granules come in a five-pack of 1kg tubs for spa owners who would rather stock up once than run short midweek. The granules kill potentially harmful bacteria and other organisms, and are essential for starting up a freshly filled tub. As a guide, the pack should last approximately eight to ten months, so the water stays fresh season after season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulk Supply Beats Last-Minute Top-Ups\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle small tubs disappear quickly and leave you buying in a hurry when the water turns dull. This five-pack gives you a steady reserve of sanitiser that helps protect and prolong the life of your spa, from the first start-up dose through to routine maintenance. Having five tubs on the shelf means one can sit beside the hot tub while the rest stay sealed in the shed. The granules can also be used to treat pool water. As with all chemical products, follow the instructions and warnings extremely carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Hot Tub Chlorine Granules in Bulk Make Sense\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive 1kg tubs:\u003c\/strong\u003e A generous reserve so you are never caught short when friends are coming over for a soak.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKills harmful bacteria:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sanitises the water against potentially harmful bacteria and other organisms between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEssential for start-up:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use it to start up a freshly filled spa, then keep using it for routine care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-lasting supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a guide, approximately eight to ten months of use from one pack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePack Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePro-Swim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot Tub Chlorine Granules Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 x 1kg chlorine granules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal weight of granules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurpose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKills potentially harmful bacteria and other organisms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tubs and pools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate duration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-10 months, as a guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Owners Who Like to Plan Ahead\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder once in spring and the sanitiser question is answered for most of the year, leaving more evenings for actually using the hot tub. Store the spare tubs somewhere cool and dry, and keep one handy by the spa for a quick dose after busy weekends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStocked and Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePro-Swim chlorine granules are in stock at Garden N Outdoor and quickly shipped across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will five tubs last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Pro-Swim gives a guide of approximately eight to ten months for this five-pack. The real figure depends on your hot tub size, how often it is used and how many bathers use it, so test the water regularly and dose according to the instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use these granules in a swimming pool?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. Pro-Swim states that this chemical kit can also be used to treat pool water as well as hot tubs. Always follow the instructions and warnings on the packaging extremely carefully, and test the water before and after dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my chlorine be sent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is quickly shipped across the UK by Garden N Outdoor, travelling with a dependable courier service. We send tracking details by email when the parcel leaves us, so you can watch for its arrival.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pro-Swim","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67903103238440,"sku":"Item #372046","price":53.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/pro-swim-hot-tub-chlorine-granules-5-x-1kg-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145959"},{"product_id":"blue-whale-spa-cover-lifter","title":"Blue Whale Spa Hot Tub Cover Lifter, Black All-Aluminium Build for Spas up to 264cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Whale Spa Hot Tub Cover Lifter, Black\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Blue Whale Spa hot tub cover lifter is an all-aluminium mechanism for owners who are tired of dragging a heavy, wet spa cover across the patio. It helps lift and remove the cover with impressive ease, which tends to mean more spontaneous soaks. It suits square and rectangular spas up to 264cm and needs only 30.5cm of clearance behind the tub.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo Plastic Parts to Snap\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBudget cover lifters often rely on plastic brackets that crack in cold weather and loosen under the weight of a soaked cover. This one uses all-aluminium construction, including reinforced aluminium mounting brackets, with no plastic at all. The metal is zinc plated and powder coated in black for added longevity outdoors, so the mechanism is built to perform in any back garden environment. Because it needs just 30.5cm of operational clearance, it also suits hot tubs tucked against a fence, wall or garden building.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrong Points of This Hot Tub Cover Lifter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-aluminium build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reinforced aluminium mounting brackets and no plastic components, so there is nothing brittle to wear out or snap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30.5cm clearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works in tighter spaces where there is little room behind the spa, such as against a fence or wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits square and rectangular spas up to 264cm in size, covering a broad range of hot tub models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZinc plated and powder coated:\u003c\/strong\u003e A double protective finish adds longevity through wet British winters and bright summers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLifter Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue Whale Spa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tub cover lifter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll-aluminium, reinforced aluminium mounting brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZinc plated and powder coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible spas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare and rectangular, up to 264cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.5cm behind the spa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Everyday Hot Tub Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit it once and lifting the cover becomes a quick job before breakfast or after a long day at work, rather than a two-person struggle. Couples and families who use the spa most evenings will notice the difference in effort straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Blue Whale Spa cover lifter is in stock at Garden N Outdoor, with rapid mainland delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the lifter survive outdoor conditions all year?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It is made entirely from aluminium, including reinforced mounting brackets, with no plastic parts. The metal is zinc plated and powder coated for added longevity, so it is designed to keep performing in any back garden environment through every season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it fit my hot tub?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The lifter works with square and rectangular spas up to 264cm in size and needs 30.5cm of operational clearance behind the spa. Measure your tub and the space behind it before ordering to confirm the fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How soon will my cover lifter arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends it with rapid mainland delivery via a dependable courier service. You will receive tracking details by email as soon as it leaves us, so you can plan the fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Blue Whale Spa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67903103697192,"sku":"Item #217315","price":178.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/blue-whale-spa-hot-tub-cover-lifter-aluminium-rapid-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145958"},{"product_id":"coca-cola-mini-fridge-4l","title":"Coca-Cola 4L Portable Mini Fridge, 6 Can 12V Cooler and Warmer in 5 Designs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoca-Cola 4L Portable Mini Fridge, 6 Can Cooler and Warmer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Coca-Cola mini fridge is a 4L portable cooler and warmer for students, collectors and anyone who wants cold drinks within arm's reach. It holds six standard cans, cools to 18°C below room temperature or warms to 57°C, and runs from mains power or a 12V car socket. Choose from five designs, each with a rounded retro silhouette and polished chrome handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIceless Cooling Beats the Old Cool Box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIce boxes leak, slosh and need topping up every few hours. This mini fridge uses efficient, reliable iceless thermoelectric technology, so there is nothing to melt and nothing to drain. Switch from cooling to warming when you want a hot lunch instead. It is compatible with both AC and DC power, with an indoor 230V AC cord and a 12V DC travel cord included. A secure self-locking door handle prevents accidental opening, and the durable, stain-resistant interior wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoca-Cola Mini Fridge Highlights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix-can capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4L of space chills a six-pack or a packed lunch without taking over the desk or shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCool or warm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cools to 18°C below room temperature or warms to 57°C, depending on what you need.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-locking handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps the door closed when the fridge is carried or travelling in the car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organise cans, snacks and small items, or lift it out to fit taller contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMini Fridge Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoca-Cola\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermoelectric mini fridge, cooler and warmer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4L, holds 6 standard cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 18°C below room temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 57°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V AC indoor cord and 12V DC travel cord included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic, stain-resistant interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-locking door handle, chrome handle, inset carry handle, removable shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 25.4 x W 17.8 x D 25.4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoke Zero, Polar Bear, Sprite, Diet Coke, Fanta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesks, Dorms and Road Trips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePut it on a desk, bedside table or garden room shelf and your favourite drinks stay chilled without a trip to the kitchen. On the road it plugs into the car's 12V socket, keeping lunch warm or cans cold for the drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll five Coca-Cola mini fridge designs are in stock at Garden N Outdoor, with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How cold does the Coca-Cola mini fridge get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It uses thermoelectric technology to cool to 18°C below room temperature, which is ideal for keeping pre-chilled cans cold. It can also warm contents up to 57°C, so it works as a lunch warmer on colder days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use it in the car as well as at home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It is compatible with both AC and DC power and comes with an indoor 230V AC cord and a 12V DC travel cord. The inset carry handle and 1.8kg weight make it easy to move between rooms or vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my mini fridge arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends your chosen design with quick UK delivery through a dependable courier service. Once it leaves us, tracking details arrive by email, so you can see exactly when it is due.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Coca-Cola","offers":[{"title":"Coca-Cola Coke Zero","offer_id":67903112184104,"sku":"Item #578758A","price":38.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coca-Cola Polar Bear","offer_id":67903112216872,"sku":"Item #578758B","price":38.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coca-Cola Sprite","offer_id":67903112249640,"sku":"Item #578758C","price":38.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coca-Cola Diet Coke","offer_id":67903112282408,"sku":"Item #578758E","price":38.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coca-Cola Fanta","offer_id":67903112315176,"sku":"Item #578758F","price":38.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/coca-cola-4l-mini-fridge-6-can-12v-cooler-prompt-uk-arrival-1.webp?v=1792145962"},{"product_id":"igloo-luxe-halo-wine-tote","title":"Igloo Luxe Halo Wine Tote, Insulated PU Leather Cooler Bag for 2 Bottles","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIgloo Luxe Halo Wine Tote, Insulated PU Leather Cooler\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Igloo Luxe Halo is an insulated wine tote for picnic lovers and dinner guests who want two bottles to arrive cold and look good on the way. Its PU leather exterior feels more like a smart handbag than a cooler. Inside, MaxCold insulation and a padded removable divider keep two wine bottles upright, chilled and apart, while the crossbody strap leaves both hands empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmarter Than a Carrier Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBottles clinking together in a shopping bag arrive warm and, occasionally, cracked. The Luxe Halo is a fully insulated soft-sided cooler with Igloo's MaxCold insulation to keep food and drinks cold. A padded, removable divider holds two wine bottles securely upright, or comes out so the bag can carry water bottles, soft drinks or food instead. The interior is leak-resistant and easy to clean, and at just 0.3kg the tote adds almost nothing to the weight of what you are carrying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated Wine Tote Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable crossbody strap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carry it hands-free over the shoulder while you manage a picnic blanket or hold a child's hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadded top grab handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e A quick grab-and-go option for the short hop from car to restaurant table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo extra pockets:\u003c\/strong\u003e A front slip pocket and an under-lid mesh pocket hold a corkscrew, napkins or keys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak-resistant interior:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipes clean easily after condensation, small spills or a melted ice pack at the end of the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTote Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIgloo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLuxe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsulated beverage tote cooler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane (PU) leather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaxCold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 wine bottles upright with padded removable divider\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeak-resistant, easy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront slip pocket, under-lid mesh pocket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 35.6 x W 13.3 x D 21.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.3kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSepia, Toffee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Picnics, Parks and Dinner Invitations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlip two bottles of rosé inside for an evening concert in the park, or carry a chilled white to a friend's dinner party without arriving with a soggy carrier bag. Between outings it folds into a cupboard and doubles as a smart lunch cooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStocked in Two Colours\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Igloo Luxe Halo tote is in stock in Sepia and Toffee at Garden N Outdoor, with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the tote keep wine cold on a warm day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It is fully insulated with Igloo's advanced MaxCold insulation, designed to keep food and drinks cold. For the best results on a hot day, chill the bottles beforehand and keep the tote out of direct sunlight while you are out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I carry things other than wine bottles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The padded divider is removable, so the tote can carry water bottles, soft drinks or food as well as two wine bottles. The leak-resistant interior is easy to clean, and the slip and mesh pockets hold small extras.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my tote be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends your chosen colour with quick UK delivery by dependable courier service. Tracking details arrive by email once your parcel leaves us, so you can plan your next picnic.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Igloo","offers":[{"title":"Sepia","offer_id":67903115362600,"sku":"Item #1985375A","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toffee","offer_id":67903115395368,"sku":"Item #1985375B","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/igloo-luxe-halo-insulated-wine-cooler-tote-prompt-uk-arrival-1.webp?v=1792145968"},{"product_id":"artika-campa-4-in-1-kit","title":"Artika Campa 4-in-1 Portable Outdoor Kit, Fan, Lantern, Torch and Bug Zapper","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArtika Campa 4-in-1 Portable Outdoor Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Artika Campa is a 4-in-1 camping kit for families and festival-goers who would rather pack one tidy bag than four separate gadgets. A single rechargeable battery powers a fan, a lantern, a flashlight and a UV insect trap. Run two at once on the dual-power stand, enjoy up to 10 hours per charge at the lowest setting, then zip everything into its transport bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Battery, Four Jobs, Less Clutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeparate camping gadgets mean separate chargers, separate cases and something always going flat at the worst moment. The Campa runs every accessory from one rechargeable battery that charges over USB-C. The dual-power stand lets two devices work simultaneously, so the fan can cool a stuffy tent while the lantern lights the table. The fan, lantern and flashlight each have high, medium and low settings, so you can balance brightness or airflow against battery life. When the trip ends, the whole set packs away in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-in-1 Camping Kit Highlights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 10 hours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Long running time at the lowest setting covers a full evening and night at camp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-power stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use two accessories at the same time, such as the lantern plus the bug zapper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree settings:\u003c\/strong\u003e High, medium and low modes on the fan, lantern and flashlight let you save power or boost output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZippered transport bag:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps every piece together and protected in the car boot or caravan locker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKit Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtika\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCampa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan, lantern, flashlight, UV bug zapper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRechargeable battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C cable included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRunning time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10 hours at lowest setting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSettings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh, medium and low on fan, lantern and flashlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-power stand runs 2 devices at once\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen and black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 37.8 x W 11.48 x D 43.99cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery, lantern, flashlight, UV bug zapper, fan, dual-power stand, USB-C cable, zippered transport bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Campers, Festival Fans and Garden Evenings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet the fan beside the sleeping bags on a muggy August night, hang the lantern over the camp table and let the insect trap work while everyone eats. At home, it comes out for late barbecues on the patio and power cuts alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStocked and Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Artika Campa kit is in stock at Garden N Outdoor and leaves with fast-tracked UK transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long does the battery last on one charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The Campa delivers up to 10 hours of running time per full charge at the lowest setting. Using higher settings or running two accessories on the dual-power stand will shorten that, so pick the low mode when you want the longest evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use more than one accessory at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The dual-power stand lets you run two devices simultaneously from the single battery, for example the lantern and the UV bug zapper together. The battery recharges with the included USB-C cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my kit be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends the Campa with fast-tracked UK transit via a dependable courier service. Once your order leaves us, tracking details arrive by email so you know when to expect it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Artika","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67903116476712,"sku":"Item #625211","price":38.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/artika-campa-4-in-1-outdoor-camping-kit-fast-tracked-uk-transit-1.webp?v=1792145973"},{"product_id":"inspire-pool-spa-chlorine-kit","title":"InSpire Premium Pool and Spa Chlorine Chemical Kit, 6 Treatments and Test Strips","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInSpire Premium Pool and Spa Chlorine Chemical Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe InSpire Premium starter kit is a pool and spa chemical kit for owners who want clean, inviting water without hunting for each product separately. It contains six water treatments to balance, sanitise, oxidise and test your hot tub or pool, plus a detailed start-up guide that makes routine care quick and easy. For hot tubs, the kit should last approximately three to four months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Complete Kit Beats Buying Bits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuying chlorine on its own leaves pH and alkalinity drifting, and that is when water turns cloudy or harsh on the skin. This pack gives you treatments designed to work together: 1000g of chlorine granules, a 750g pH reducer, a 500g pH increaser, a 500g total alkalinity increaser and 500g of Revive, plus 50 test strips to check the results. A dosing scoop helps you measure accurately. The kit helps protect and prolong the life of your pool or spa, and it is essential for starting up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePool and Spa Chemical Kit Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000g chlorine granules:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied as 2 x 500g to sanitise the water for fresh, inviting bathing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epH reducer and increaser:\u003c\/strong\u003e 750g of reducer and 500g of increaser bring pH back into range from either direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal alkalinity increaser:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500g to help steady the water balance so pH stays where you want it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 test strips and guide:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check levels quickly, with an easy-to-follow start-up guide and dosing scoop included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStarter Kit Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInSpire Premium Pool and Spa Starter Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000g chlorine granules (2 x 500g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH reducer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH increaser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlkalinity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500g total alkalinity increaser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRevive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTesting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 test strips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtras\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStart-up guide, dosing scoop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tub duration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3-4 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePool duration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2 months for 10-12ft pools; 1-2 months for 13-18ft pools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor New and Seasoned Water Keepers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpen the box when you first fill the hot tub or pool and the guide walks you through each step, from balancing to sanitising. After that, a quick weekly test and top-up keeps the water ready for family swims and relaxing evening soaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe InSpire Premium chemical kit is in stock at Garden N Outdoor, sent for prompt UK arrival.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will the kit last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: For hot tubs, the kit should last approximately three to four months. For pools, it should last approximately two months for 10-12ft pools and one to two months for 13-18ft pools. Usage varies, so test regularly and follow the guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do I need any other chemicals to get started?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The kit contains the essential products needed to balance, sanitise, oxidise and test your spa or pool water, along with a start-up guide and dosing scoop. Follow all instructions and warnings on each product extremely carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my chemical kit arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Garden N Outdoor sends your kit by dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival. You will receive tracking details by email as soon as it leaves us, so you can plan your first water treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Superior Spas","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67903117001000,"sku":"Item #353401","price":43.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/inspire-pool-and-spa-chlorine-starter-kit-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145975"},{"product_id":"aloha-clevermade-beach-tote","title":"Aloha + CleverMade Collapsible Beach Tote, SnapHinge Frame with 9 Pockets","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAloha + CleverMade Collapsible Beach Tote\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Aloha + CleverMade collapsible beach tote is a sturdy carry-all for families and day-trippers heading to the sand, the pool or the park. CleverMade's patented SnapHinge frame pops open and holds its shape, then folds flat for storage. Wrapped in ALOHA Collection's prints, it combines nine pockets, a zippered lid and mesh panels that let sand fall straight out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStructure That Folds Away\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFloppy beach bags collapse into a heap the moment you put them down, and rigid baskets eat half the boot on the drive home. The SnapHinge and FlexFold frame gives you both: an upright, open tote on the sand and a flat bag at home. A zippered top lid keeps keys, phones and sun cream secure, while the mesh body makes clean-up easy and allows sand to pass through. The main body fabric is made from 100% recycled material, and at 1.07kg it stays light even before you load it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCollapsible Beach Tote Organisation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNine pockets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three zippered pockets, four slip pockets and two water bottle pockets keep essentials sorted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowel carry straps:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable webbing straps and elastic towel straps hold towels or blankets on the outside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra long padded handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carry comfortably over the shoulder from car park to shoreline, even when it is full.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrapStrap storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secures the folded tote flat so it slides neatly into a cupboard or car boot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTote Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eALOHA Collection and CleverMade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnapHinge and FlexFold collapsible technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyester, main body 100% recycled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZipper top lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 zippered, 4 slip, 2 water bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra long straps with padded handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtras\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable webbing straps, elastic towel straps, WrapStrap, mesh body\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 34.29 x W 28.75 x D 53.97cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.07kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeal, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Beach Days and Family Outings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePack towels on the straps, snacks and sun cream in the pockets and a couple of drinks in the bottle holders, and the whole family's beach kit travels in one bag. At home it folds flat behind a door until the next sunny weekend comes around.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady for Summer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Aloha + CleverMade tote is in stock in teal and black at Garden N Outdoor, quickly shipped across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the tote stay upright when it is full?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. CleverMade's patented SnapHinge frame pops open to hold its shape, so the tote stands upright on the sand rather than slumping. When you are finished, the SnapHinge and FlexFold design collapses it flat for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I get sand out of the bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The mesh body is designed for easy clean-up and lets sand pass through. Give it a shake at the end of the day and most sand falls straight out, while the zippered lid keeps valuables secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How soon will my beach tote arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your tote is quickly shipped across the UK by Garden N Outdoor using a dependable courier service. We email tracking details when it leaves us, so you can have it ready for your next beach trip.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CleverMade","offers":[{"title":"Teal","offer_id":67903117754664,"sku":"Item #1872241A","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":67903117787432,"sku":"Item #1872241B","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/aloha-clevermade-collapsible-beach-tote-quick-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145977"},{"product_id":"titan-carry-all-cooler-25-can","title":"Titan 25 Can Insulated Carry-ALL Cooler with 2 Ice Walls, Keeps Cold 6 Hours","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTitan 25 Can Insulated Carry-ALL Cooler with 2 Ice Walls\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan 25 Can Carry-ALL is an insulated cooler bag for families who carry food between home, car and picnic blanket, keeping it fridge cold for up to 6 hours. It also keeps hot dishes oven warm for up to 1.5 hours, so the same bag handles a chilled lunch on the beach and a warm casserole for the family gathering. Two removable Ice Walls come in the box, and the bag comes in black, navy or green.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSerious Insulation, Not a Thin Foam Lining\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBudget cool bags tend to rely on one skinny foam layer, so drinks are lukewarm before the sandwiches come out. Titan builds the Carry-ALL with Deep Freeze performance insulation, made from SuperFoam with a radiant heat barrier, plus a Therma-Flect radiant barrier lining inside. The two high performance Ice Walls add extra cold keeping, holding food below 4°C for up to 6 hours and fridge fresh, below 10°C, for up to 12 hours. On the outside, a water repellent shell simply wipes clean after muddy fields and sticky days out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarry-ALL Features That Earn Their Place\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvertible carry handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e use it upright as a tote or flat as a duffel, wide enough for 9 x 13 inch casserole dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicroban protected lining:\u003c\/strong\u003e the easy-clean Ultra Safe interior helps protect against bacterial odours and stains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLuggage pass-through:\u003c\/strong\u003e slide it over a suitcase handle, or zip it shut and it becomes a roomy extra pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetachable shoulder strap:\u003c\/strong\u003e carry it on the shoulder in tote mode and keep both hands for chairs and children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsulated Cooler Bag Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Can Insulated Carry-ALL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable colours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Navy, Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold keeping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelow 4°C for up to 6 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFridge fresh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelow 10°C for up to 12 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm keeping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbove 60°C for up to 1.5 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep Freeze SuperFoam with Therma-Flect radiant barrier lining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 removable high performance Ice Walls, detachable shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater repellent, wipe clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 36.8 x W 20.3 x D 27.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Picnics, Tailgates and the Weekly Shop\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePack it for a garden party, a long family drive or the run home with a rotisserie chicken, and the right temperature travels with you. Between outings it folds into everyday use for chilled groceries, keeping frozen food firm on the way back from the supermarket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree Colours on the Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack, navy and green Titan Carry-ALLs are all in stock at Garden N Outdoor, packed for quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will food really stay cold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Titan rates it to keep food fridge cold, below 4°C, for up to 6 hours and fridge fresh, below 10°C, for up to 12 hours. Freezing the two Ice Walls beforehand and keeping the bag closed helps it reach those figures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it carry hot food as well as cold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The same insulation keeps food oven warm, above 60°C, for up to 1.5 hours. Leave the Ice Walls out for hot dishes, and switch the handles to horizontal mode to carry a 9 x 13 inch casserole dish flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my Titan cooler bag reach me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders are picked and packed for swift UK dispatch, then travel with a dependable courier service. Most customers simply watch the tracking update and plan their next picnic around a prompt UK arrival.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Titan","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":67903117951272,"sku":"Item #1819430B","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy","offer_id":67903117984040,"sku":"Item #1819430BL","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Green","offer_id":67903118016808,"sku":"Item #1819430GR","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/titan-25-can-insulated-carry-all-cooler-bag-prompt-uk-arrival-1.webp?v=1792145979"},{"product_id":"blue-whale-spa-filter","title":"Blue Whale Spa Hot Tub Filter, 108 Pleats, 33.8cm Long in Single or Twin Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Whale Spa Hot Tub Filter, 108 Pleats\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Blue Whale Spa hot tub filter 33.8cm cartridge is a replacement pleated filter for spa owners who want clearer water and less grit circling the jets. It measures 12.5cm across, with 108 pleats to catch dirt and a 5.4cm centre hole open from top to bottom. Buy a single filter, or take the twin pack so one cartridge is always clean and ready while the other dries after rinsing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Hot Tub Filter 33.8cm Long With More Pleats\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn old, clogged cartridge has nowhere left to hold debris, so dirt keeps circulating and the water turns dull. This Blue Whale Spa filter packs 108 pleats into a 33.8cm length, giving dirt a large surface to settle on instead of swirling back through the jets. The open core runs from top to bottom, so water passes cleanly through the centre. It is designed to be easy to install and easy to clean, which keeps routine maintenance short and helps the hot tub stay ready for an evening soak.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Spa Owners Pick This Cartridge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e108 pleats:\u003c\/strong\u003e a generous filtering area that helps remove dirt and keep the water clean and healthy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen hole top to bottom:\u003c\/strong\u003e the centre core is open through its full length for straight-through water flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e rinse away trapped debris and slot the cartridge back in with little fuss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle or twin pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose one filter, or two so you can rotate while the spare dries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHot Tub Filter Measurements\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue Whale Spa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePleated hot tub filter cartridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCentre hole diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of pleats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen hole from top to bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne filter, Two filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlease note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpa not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Owners Who Like a Simple Routine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRotating two cartridges means filter day becomes a quick swap rather than a wait for one to dry. Keep the spare in the shed or utility room, close to the tub, and your weekend soak never has to be postponed while a freshly rinsed filter dries out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilters Ready to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle and twin packs of this Blue Whale Spa filter are in stock at Garden N Outdoor, leaving with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I check this filter fits my hot tub?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Measure your current cartridge before ordering. This one is 12.5cm in diameter and 33.8cm long, with a 5.4cm centre hole that is open from top to bottom. If all three measurements match your old filter, it should seat correctly in the housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I clean a pleated spa filter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Lift the cartridge out, then rinse between the pleats with a garden hose until the trapped dirt runs clear. Let it dry fully before refitting. Owning the twin pack makes this easier, as the spare goes straight in while the first dries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my filters be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Filter orders are packed for swift UK dispatch and handed to a dependable courier service. Tracking details follow, so you can expect a prompt UK arrival and plan your next filter change around it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Blue","offers":[{"title":"One","offer_id":67903118672168,"sku":"Item #217319","price":28.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Two","offer_id":67903118704936,"sku":"Item #217330","price":48.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/blue-whale-spa-hot-tub-filter-108-pleats-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145981"},{"product_id":"r3nu-sauna-pod-and-ice-plunge","title":"R3NU Sauna Steam Pod with Ice Plunge Recovery Pod","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR3NU Sauna Steam Pod with Ice Plunge Recovery Pod\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe R3NU Sauna Steam Pod with Ice Plunge Recovery Pod gives you a hot and cold recovery set-up at home. The portable steam sauna pod has 9 levels of steam output for deep sweating and relaxation, and the ice plunge recovery pod has a 540 litre capacity for cold water immersion after training or a long day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHot and Cold Recovery in One Bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlternate between warming steam sessions and cold plunges to suit your routine, whether you are an athlete, a fitness enthusiast or simply want to unwind. Both pods are quick and easy to set up and fold away compactly when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sauna steam pod measures H 190 x W 80 x D 80 cm and weighs 7.7 kg; the ice plunge recovery pod measures H 85 x D 90 cm and weighs 6.8 kg. They are made from steel and UPVC in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9 Steam Levels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sauna pod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e540 Litre Ice Plunge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold immersion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Set-Up:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both pods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Space saving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR3NU Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR3NU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, UPVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIce Bath, Sauna\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSauna Steam Pod: H 190 x W 80 x D 80 cm, Ice Plunge Recovery Pod: H 85 x D 90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSauna Steam Pod: 7.7 kg, Ice Plunge Recovery Pod: 6.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Athletes and Home Wellness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for post-workout recovery and relaxing at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the Bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1 x sauna steam pod and 1 x ice plunge recovery pod.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing Your Sauna Pod Safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDrink plenty of water before and after each session, start with short sessions of around 10 to 15 minutes and build up gradually. Leave the pod immediately if you feel dizzy or unwell, and speak to your GP before use if you are pregnant or have a medical condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSetting Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlace the pod on a flat, stable, water-resistant surface in a well-ventilated room, away from sockets and flammable materials. Fill the steam generator only with clean water and never leave it running unattended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning and Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet the pod and steam generator cool, then empty any remaining water and wipe the interior dry to prevent mildew. Fold and store it in a dry place when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe R3NU Sauna Steam Pod with Ice Plunge Recovery Pod is in stock at Garden N Outdoor with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the ice plunge capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: 540 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Sauna pod H 190 x W 80 x D 80 cm (7.7 kg); ice plunge pod H 85 x D 90 cm (6.8 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will it be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: We dispatch from UK stock with a dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival, with tracking provided. Please check doorways and stairs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"R3NU","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":68015617966376,"sku":"Item #604063","price":248.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/r3nu-sauna-steam-pod-with-ice-plunge-recovery-pod-1.webp?v=1793111007"},{"product_id":"vidalux-insta-heat-steam-sauna-pod","title":"Vidalux Insta-Heat Indoor Portable Steam Sauna Pod","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVidalux Insta-Heat Indoor Portable Steam Sauna Pod\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Vidalux Insta-Heat Indoor Portable Steam Sauna Pod brings a personal spa experience into your home. It is one of the more spacious sauna pods available, and its smart steam heater has multiple heat settings with a remote control, so you can adjust the temperature without leaving the pod.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpa Sessions Where Space Is Tight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA thick heat-insulated Thermo Shield cover helps keep the warmth in, while a double zipper design with an openable window makes getting in and out easy. Compact and sturdy, it suits spare rooms, home gyms and garden rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything you need for a sauna session is included, so you can simply unpack, set it up and start relaxing. It measures H 190 x W 90 x D 90 cm and weighs 10 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemote Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multiple heat settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThermo Shield Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat insulated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpenable Window:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double zip door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Pod:\u003c\/strong\u003e H 190 x W 90 x D 90 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVidalux Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVidalux\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSauna\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 190 x W 90 x D 90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Home Wellness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for relaxing after exercise or unwinding at the end of the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for indoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing Your Sauna Pod Safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDrink plenty of water before and after each session, start with short sessions of around 10 to 15 minutes and build up gradually. Leave the pod immediately if you feel dizzy or unwell, and speak to your GP before use if you are pregnant or have a medical condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSetting Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlace the pod on a flat, stable, water-resistant surface in a well-ventilated room, away from sockets and flammable materials. Fill the steam generator only with clean water and never leave it running unattended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning and Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet the pod and steam generator cool, then empty any remaining water and wipe the interior dry to prevent mildew. Fold and store it in a dry place when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaking Sauna Time Part of Your Routine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany people enjoy a sauna session after exercise or in the evening to help them switch off. Keep a towel and a bottle of water to hand, sit on a towel inside the pod and cool down gradually afterwards with a lukewarm shower before getting dressed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Vidalux Insta-Heat Indoor Portable Steam Sauna Pod is in stock at Garden N Outdoor with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I adjust the heat from inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes, the remote control lets you change heat settings from inside the pod.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It measures H 190 x W 90 x D 90 cm and weighs 10 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will it be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: We dispatch from UK stock with a dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival, with tracking provided. Please check doorways and stairs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Vidalux","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":68015618490664,"sku":"Item #615884","price":178.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/vidalux-insta-heat-indoor-portable-steam-sauna-pod-1.webp?v=1793111019"},{"product_id":"platinum-spas-vx2-cover-lifter","title":"Platinum Spas VX2 Hot Tub Cover Lifter","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatinum Spas VX2 Hot Tub Cover Lifter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Platinum Spas VX2 Hot Tub Cover Lifter makes removing and replacing your hot tub cover quick and easy. It is made from powder-coated aluminium tubing with non-corrosive composite mounting brackets, so it is durable and simple to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess Effort, Less Wear on Your Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLifting a heavy, wet cover by hand can be awkward and can damage the cover over time. A lifter lets you fold and slide it back smoothly, keeping it off the ground and in better condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA towel hook accessory holds up to three towels, dressing gowns or clothes so they stay dry and within reach. It works with hot tubs and swim spas up to 2.9 metres wide and needs just 10 to 15 inches of clearance behind the spa and 5 inches on each side. It weighs 2kg. The spa is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium Tubing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder coated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComposite Brackets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-corrosive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits up to 2.9m:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot tubs and swim spas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowel Hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds 3 towels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatinum Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlatinum Spas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCover Lifter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Hot Tub Owners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for anyone who wants to open and close their hot tub cover with less effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClearance Needed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e10 to 15 inches behind the spa and 5 inches on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a Location\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your hot tub on a flat, smooth, level surface strong enough to support it when filled, clear of sharp objects. Make sure a suitable RCD-protected outdoor socket is within reach, without using extension leads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest the water regularly with test strips, keep sanitiser levels balanced and clean or replace the filter cartridges as advised in the manual. Shower before using the hot tub to keep the water cleaner for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaving Energy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the insulated lid on and secured whenever the hot tub is not in use, and use a ground mat to reduce heat loss through the floor. Topping up with warm water and keeping the tub in a sheltered spot also helps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFirst Fill and Heat Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill the hot tub with a garden hose to the marked level, check the filter is fitted and switch on the heater with the lid closed. Heating from cold can take many hours depending on the starting water temperature and the weather, so plan your first fill a day ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoying It Safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the water at or below 40°C, limit soak times and stay hydrated. Children must always be supervised, and keep the lid secured when the hot tub is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Platinum Spas VX2 Hot Tub Cover Lifter is in stock at Garden N Outdoor with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size hot tubs does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Hot tubs and swim spas up to 2.9 metres wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much clearance does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: 10 to 15 inches behind the spa and 5 inches on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will it be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: We dispatch from UK stock with a dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival, with tracking provided. Please check doorways and stairs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Platinum Spas","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":68015619408168,"sku":"Item #300014","price":137.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/platinum-spas-vx2-aluminium-hot-tub-cover-lifter-1.webp?v=1793111030"},{"product_id":"lay-z-spa-copenhagen-hot-tub","title":"Lay-Z-Spa Copenhagen ThermaCore UltraFit Smart AirJet, 6 Person Hot Tub","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLay-Z-Spa Copenhagen ThermaCore UltraFit Smart AirJet, 6 Person Hot Tub\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Lay-Z-Spa Copenhagen ThermaCore UltraFit Smart AirJet is a 6 person portable hot tub with rigid ThermaCore insulating foam panels that slot into a tough, durable TriTech liner in grey. This construction makes it up to 60% more energy efficient than an inflatable hot tub.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull-Body Bubble Massage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe AirJet massage system releases thousands of tiny bubbles from the outer edge and centre of the tub for an all-surrounding massage. The rapid heating system warms water up to 40°C, and Freeze Shield auto-heating protects the hot tub in cold weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn insulating lid helps retain heat between uses. The hot tub measures H 76 x W 190 x D 190cm and weighs 50.4kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThermaCore Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 60% more efficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAirJet Massage:\u003c\/strong\u003e All-round bubbles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeats to 40°C:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rapid heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreeze Shield:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold weather protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLay-Z-Spa Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLay-Z-Spa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 Ply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot Tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 76 x W 190 x D 190cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Families and Year-Round Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for relaxing in the garden through every season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid ThermaCore foam panels with TriTech liner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a Location\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your hot tub on a flat, smooth, level surface strong enough to support it when filled, clear of sharp objects. Make sure a suitable RCD-protected outdoor socket is within reach, without using extension leads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest the water regularly with test strips, keep sanitiser levels balanced and clean or replace the filter cartridges as advised in the manual. Shower before using the hot tub to keep the water cleaner for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaving Energy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the insulated lid on and secured whenever the hot tub is not in use, and use a ground mat to reduce heat loss through the floor. Topping up with warm water and keeping the tub in a sheltered spot also helps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFirst Fill and Heat Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill the hot tub with a garden hose to the marked level, check the filter is fitted and switch on the heater with the lid closed. Heating from cold can take many hours depending on the starting water temperature and the weather, so plan your first fill a day ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoying It Safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the water at or below 40°C, limit soak times and stay hydrated. Children must always be supervised, and keep the lid secured when the hot tub is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Lay-Z-Spa Copenhagen ThermaCore UltraFit Smart AirJet, 6 Person Hot Tub is in stock at Garden N Outdoor with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How hot does it get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Up to 40°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It measures H 76 x W 190 x D 190cm and weighs 50.4kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will it be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: We dispatch from UK stock with a dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival, with tracking provided. Please check doorways and stairs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lay-Z-Spa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":68015620063528,"sku":"Item #675236","price":748.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/lay-z-spa-copenhagen-thermacore-6-person-hot-tub-1.webp?v=1793111042"},{"product_id":"lay-z-spa-paris-luxe","title":"Lay-Z-Spa Paris Luxe 140 AirJet Inflatable Hot Tub","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLay-Z-Spa Paris Luxe 140 AirJet Inflatable Hot Tub\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Lay-Z-Spa Paris Luxe 140 AirJet is an inflatable hot tub with a 140 AirJet massage system that surrounds you with thousands of soothing bubbles. A digital control panel makes it easy to adjust settings, drink holders keep refreshments close, and the rapid heating system warms water up to 40°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet the Mood With LED Lights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemote-controlled, colour-changing LED lights illuminate the water in a choice of 7 colours, for a calm evening soak or a lively gathering. The insulating lid and a power-saving timer help with heat retention and avoid unnecessary energy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTough, durable TriTech construction gives the liner strength. Included are an insulating lid, ChemConnect and filter, inflatable liner, heater pump, ground detection system and integrated filter system. It measures H 66 x W 196 x D 196cm and weighs 40kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e140 AirJets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bubble massage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7-Colour LED Lights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remote controlled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeats to 40°C:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rapid heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Controls:\u003c\/strong\u003e With drink holders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLay-Z-Spa Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLay-Z-Spa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Ply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflatable Spa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 66 x W 196 x D 196cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Garden Relaxation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for evenings with family and friends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInsulating lid, ChemConnect and filter, inflatable liner, heater pump, ground detection system and integrated filter system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a Location\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your hot tub on a flat, smooth, level surface strong enough to support it when filled, clear of sharp objects. Make sure a suitable RCD-protected outdoor socket is within reach, without using extension leads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest the water regularly with test strips, keep sanitiser levels balanced and clean or replace the filter cartridges as advised in the manual. Shower before using the hot tub to keep the water cleaner for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaving Energy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the insulated lid on and secured whenever the hot tub is not in use, and use a ground mat to reduce heat loss through the floor. Topping up with warm water and keeping the tub in a sheltered spot also helps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFirst Fill and Heat Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill the hot tub with a garden hose to the marked level, check the filter is fitted and switch on the heater with the lid closed. Heating from cold can take many hours depending on the starting water temperature and the weather, so plan your first fill a day ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoying It Safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the water at or below 40°C, limit soak times and stay hydrated. Children must always be supervised, and keep the lid secured when the hot tub is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Lay-Z-Spa Paris Luxe 140 AirJet Inflatable Hot Tub is in stock at Garden N Outdoor with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it have lights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes, colour-changing LED lights with a choice of 7 colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It measures H 66 x W 196 x D 196cm and weighs 40kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will it be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: We dispatch from UK stock with a dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival, with tracking provided. Please check doorways and stairs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lay-Z-Spa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":68015620260136,"sku":"Item #675228","price":398.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/lay-z-spa-paris-luxe-140-airjet-inflatable-hot-tub-1.webp?v=1793111053"},{"product_id":"lay-z-spa-santorini-hydrojet-pro","title":"Lay-Z-Spa Santorini MaxHold EnergySense Smart Luxe HydroJet Pro, 7 Person Inflatable Spa","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLay-Z-Spa Santorini MaxHold EnergySense Smart Luxe HydroJet Pro, 7 Person Inflatable Spa\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Lay-Z-Spa Santorini Smart Luxe HydroJet Pro is a 7 person inflatable hot tub combining 10 targeted jetstream nozzles with 180 AirJet openings that release warm bubbles from the base. Patent-pending EnergySense multi-layered insulation makes it up to 40% more energy efficient than similar inflatable hot tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl It From Your Phone\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the Bestway Connect app you can set the temperature, activate the power-saving timer, run the filter and control the massage system from your phone. The rapid heating system warms water up to 40°C, and Freeze Shield auto-heating protects against cold weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaxHold fabric and tough TriTech construction give strength and shape. A relaxing soak helps release muscle tension and supports exercise recovery. It measures H 80 x W 216 x D 216cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 Person:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spacious.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydroJet Pro:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 jets plus 180 AirJets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnergySense Insulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 40% more efficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApp Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bestway Connect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLay-Z-Spa Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Larger Families and Entertaining\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for gatherings with family and friends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmart Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTemperature, timer, filter and massage control via the Bestway Connect app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a Location\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your hot tub on a flat, smooth, level surface strong enough to support it when filled, clear of sharp objects. Make sure a suitable RCD-protected outdoor socket is within reach, without using extension leads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest the water regularly with test strips, keep sanitiser levels balanced and clean or replace the filter cartridges as advised in the manual. Shower before using the hot tub to keep the water cleaner for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaving Energy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the insulated lid on and secured whenever the hot tub is not in use, and use a ground mat to reduce heat loss through the floor. Topping up with warm water and keeping the tub in a sheltered spot also helps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFirst Fill and Heat Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill the hot tub with a garden hose to the marked level, check the filter is fitted and switch on the heater with the lid closed. Heating from cold can take many hours depending on the starting water temperature and the weather, so plan your first fill a day ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoying It Safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the water at or below 40°C, limit soak times and stay hydrated. Children must always be supervised, and keep the lid secured when the hot tub is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Lay-Z-Spa Santorini MaxHold EnergySense Smart Luxe HydroJet Pro, 7 Person Inflatable Spa is in stock at Garden N Outdoor with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I control it with my phone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes, using the Bestway Connect app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It measures H 80 x W 216 x D 216cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will it be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: We dispatch from UK stock with a dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival, with tracking provided. Please check doorways and stairs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lay-Z-Spa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":68015620489512,"sku":"Item #675241","price":898.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/lay-z-spa-santorini-hydrojet-pro-7-person-hot-tub-1.webp?v=1793111065"},{"product_id":"mspa-verto-cocoon-hot-tub","title":"MSpa Verto Cocoon 6 Person Hot Tub","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMSpa Verto Cocoon 6 Person Hot Tub\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MSpa Verto Cocoon 6 Person Hot Tub has a stylish, textile-inspired exterior and 10cm-thick insulated EPE foam panels that help retain heat for better energy efficiency all year round. 130 air jets with 3 intensity settings and the SyncJet system deliver a soothing, full-body bubble massage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner Water With Less Effort\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn integrated UVC sanitation system, antibacterial fabric lining and advanced filtration help keep the water cleaner and fresher. Control the temperature, bubbles and key functions from the control box or the MSpa app on your phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncluded are an inflatable bladder, buckle-secured cover, heat preservation foam mat, 2 filter cartridges and base, inflation hose and adapter, stopper caps, chemical dispenser and pH test strips, garden hose adapter and wrench. It measures H 65 x W 180 x D 180cm and weighs 43.4kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e130 Air Jets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 intensity settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUVC Sanitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cleaner water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10cm Foam Panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Better heat retention.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApp Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e MSpa app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMSpa Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSpa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Person\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 65 x W 180 x D 180cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Families and Year-Round Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for relaxing with family and friends in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInflatable bladder, cover, foam mat, 2 filter cartridges with base, hose adapters, chemical dispenser, pH strips and wrench.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a Location\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your hot tub on a flat, smooth, level surface strong enough to support it when filled, clear of sharp objects. Make sure a suitable RCD-protected outdoor socket is within reach, without using extension leads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest the water regularly with test strips, keep sanitiser levels balanced and clean or replace the filter cartridges as advised in the manual. Shower before using the hot tub to keep the water cleaner for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaving Energy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the insulated lid on and secured whenever the hot tub is not in use, and use a ground mat to reduce heat loss through the floor. Topping up with warm water and keeping the tub in a sheltered spot also helps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFirst Fill and Heat Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill the hot tub with a garden hose to the marked level, check the filter is fitted and switch on the heater with the lid closed. Heating from cold can take many hours depending on the starting water temperature and the weather, so plan your first fill a day ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoying It Safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the water at or below 40°C, limit soak times and stay hydrated. Children must always be supervised, and keep the lid secured when the hot tub is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MSpa Verto Cocoon 6 Person Hot Tub is in stock at Garden N Outdoor with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many people does it seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Up to 6 people.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It measures H 65 x W 180 x D 180cm and weighs 43.4kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will it be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: We dispatch from UK stock with a dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival, with tracking provided. Please check doorways and stairs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MSpa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":68015620915496,"sku":"Item #662697","price":998.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/mspa-verto-cocoon-6-person-hot-tub-130-air-jets-1.webp?v=1793111073"},{"product_id":"mspa-verto-mono-eco-hot-tub","title":"MSpa Verto Mono Eco 4-6 Person Inflatable Spa","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMSpa Verto Mono Eco 4-6 Person Inflatable Spa\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MSpa Verto Mono Eco Inflatable Spa seats 4 to 6 people in a modern round design. 138 air jets with 3 intensity settings surround you with thousands of soothing bubbles, and anti-frost technology helps protect it in cold weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmart, Simple Spa Care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn integrated UVC sanitation system works with the filtration system to help keep water cleaner and fresher with minimal maintenance. The MSpa app lets you control temperature, bubbles and key functions from your phone, or use the control box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRobust, durable construction and a quick set-up make it easy to enjoy. Included are a buckle-secured cover, heat preservation foam mat, inflatable cover, 2 filter cartridges and base, hand pump, drainage adapter, stopper caps, chemical dispenser and pH test strips, and wrench. It measures H 65 x W 173 x D 173cm and weighs 37kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-6 Person:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e138 Air Jets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 intensity settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Frost:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold weather protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApp Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e MSpa app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMspa Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSpa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Person\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 65 x W 173 x D 173cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Families\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for relaxing after a busy day or entertaining friends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCover, foam mat, inflatable cover, 2 filter cartridges with base, hand pump, drainage adapter, chemical dispenser, pH strips and wrench.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a Location\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your hot tub on a flat, smooth, level surface strong enough to support it when filled, clear of sharp objects. Make sure a suitable RCD-protected outdoor socket is within reach, without using extension leads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest the water regularly with test strips, keep sanitiser levels balanced and clean or replace the filter cartridges as advised in the manual. Shower before using the hot tub to keep the water cleaner for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaving Energy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the insulated lid on and secured whenever the hot tub is not in use, and use a ground mat to reduce heat loss through the floor. Topping up with warm water and keeping the tub in a sheltered spot also helps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFirst Fill and Heat Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill the hot tub with a garden hose to the marked level, check the filter is fitted and switch on the heater with the lid closed. Heating from cold can take many hours depending on the starting water temperature and the weather, so plan your first fill a day ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoying It Safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the water at or below 40°C, limit soak times and stay hydrated. Children must always be supervised, and keep the lid secured when the hot tub is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MSpa Verto Mono Eco 4-6 Person Inflatable Spa is in stock at Garden N Outdoor with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many jets does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: 138 air jets with 3 intensity settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It measures H 65 x W 173 x D 173cm and weighs 37kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will it be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: We dispatch from UK stock with a dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival, with tracking provided. Please check doorways and stairs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MSpa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":68015621210408,"sku":"Item #662676","price":698.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/mspa-verto-mono-eco-4-6-person-inflatable-hot-tub-1.webp?v=1793111085"},{"product_id":"koolatron-12v-electric-cooler-9l","title":"Koolatron 12V Electric Cooler 9L, Cool\/Warm Box with Adjustable Strap in Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoolatron 12V Electric Cooler 9L, Cool\/Warm Box with Adjustable Strap in Grey\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Koolatron 12V Electric Cooler 9L is a compact thermoelectric cool and warm box that holds up to 12 standard cans. It cools to 22°C below the surrounding temperature or warms to 57°C, so you can keep lunch chilled or a meal warm on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower It in the Car or at Home\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlug it into your vehicle's 12V socket using the 12V DC cord (5 Amps\/60 Watts), or use the included 230V AC adaptor at home or in the office. The adjustable shoulder strap makes it easy to carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA domed lid fits taller items, the secure locking lid prevents accidental opening during transport and the stain-resistant interior is easy to clean. It measures H 31.1 x W 34.3 x D 27.3 cm and weighs 2.55 kg, finished in grey and black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9L Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits 12 cans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCools or Warms:\u003c\/strong\u003e -22°C or up to 57°C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12V and 230V:\u003c\/strong\u003e Car and mains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShoulder Strap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKoolatron Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey and Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKoolatron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric Cool Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 31.1 x W 34.3 x D 27.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.55 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Commuters, Drivers and Day Trips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for packed lunches, road trips, fishing and picnics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e12V DC cord and 230V AC adaptor included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGetting the Best Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePre-cool the cool box before packing it and load it with already chilled food and drinks. Keep the lid closed as much as possible and leave space around the vents so air can flow freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowering On the Go\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eElectric cool boxes can run from a car socket while travelling, so they are ideal for long drives, camping and days out. Switch off or unplug when the engine is off for long periods to protect your car battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning and Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnplug and wipe the interior with warm soapy water after each trip, then leave the lid slightly open to dry fully. Store it in a dry place between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Koolatron 12V Electric Cooler 9L, Cool\/Warm Box with Adjustable Strap in Grey is in stock at Garden N Outdoor with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it keep food warm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes, it can warm to 57°C as well as cool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It measures H 31.1 x W 34.3 x D 27.3 cm and weighs 2.55 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will it be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: We dispatch from UK stock with a dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival, with tracking provided. Please check doorways and stairs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Koolatron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":68015621472552,"sku":"Item #607133","price":98.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/koolatron-12v-electric-cool-box-9l-cool-warm-1.webp?v=1793111096"},{"product_id":"anker-solix-everfrost-2-23l-cooler","title":"Anker Solix EverFrost 2 23L Electric Powered Cooler with Battery","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnker Solix EverFrost 2 23L Electric Powered Cooler with Battery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Anker Solix EverFrost 2 23L Electric Powered Cooler keeps drinks frozen and food chilled without any ice, with a temperature range from -20°C to +20°C. It comes with one removable 288Wh battery, and FrostFlow cooling drops the temperature from 25°C to 0°C in around 15 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeave the Ice Behind\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo more watery messes or lost space from ice packs. Keep things cool for up to 2.2 days on one 288Wh battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRecharge four ways: with a 100W solar panel, a car socket, a wall outlet or a USB-C cable. Smart app control lets you check and adjust the temperature from your phone, and 15cm wheels with a retractable handle make it easy to tow over grass, gravel and sand. It measures H 66.8 x W 40 x D 38.5cm and weighs 21kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e-20°C to +20°C:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freeze or chill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery Powered:\u003c\/strong\u003e removable 288Wh battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 Ways to Recharge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solar, car, mains, USB-C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheels and Handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy towing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnker Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric Cool Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 66.8 x W 40 x D 38.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Camping, Festivals and Road Trips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for camping, caravanning, fishing, beach days and outdoor events.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecharging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e100W solar panel, car socket, wall outlet or USB-C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGetting the Best Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePre-cool the cool box before packing it and load it with already chilled food and drinks. Keep the lid closed as much as possible and leave space around the vents so air can flow freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowering On the Go\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eElectric cool boxes can run from a car socket while travelling, so they are ideal for long drives, camping and days out. Switch off or unplug when the engine is off for long periods to protect your car battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning and Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnplug and wipe the interior with warm soapy water after each trip, then leave the lid slightly open to dry fully. Store it in a dry place between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePacking Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePut items you need most often near the top and keep raw meat sealed and separate from ready-to-eat food. Freezing a few water bottles before a long trip helps the cooler hold its temperature and gives you cold drinks later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Anker Solix EverFrost 2 23L Electric Powered Cooler with Battery is in stock at Garden N Outdoor with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need ice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: No, it cools electrically from -20°C to +20°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It measures H 66.8 x W 40 x D 38.5cm and weighs 21kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will it be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: We dispatch from UK stock with a dependable courier service for prompt UK arrival, with tracking provided. Please check doorways and stairs before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Anker","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":68015621636392,"sku":"Item #564302","price":598.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1007\/5455\/5176\/files\/anker-solix-everfrost-2-23l-battery-cooler-1.webp?v=1793111108"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.gardennoutdoor.co.uk\/collections\/camping-outdoor-leisure.oembed","provider":"Garden n Outdoor UK","version":"1.0","type":"link"}